Loading...
1#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
2#define __NET_CFG80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 *
8 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
10 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
11 */
12
13#include <linux/netdevice.h>
14#include <linux/debugfs.h>
15#include <linux/list.h>
16#include <linux/bug.h>
17#include <linux/netlink.h>
18#include <linux/skbuff.h>
19#include <linux/nl80211.h>
20#include <linux/if_ether.h>
21#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22#include <linux/net.h>
23#include <net/regulatory.h>
24
25/**
26 * DOC: Introduction
27 *
28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34 *
35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36 * use restrictions.
37 */
38
39
40/**
41 * DOC: Device registration
42 *
43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45 * described below.
46 *
47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56 *
57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60 */
61
62struct wiphy;
63
64/*
65 * wireless hardware capability structures
66 */
67
68/**
69 * enum ieee80211_band - supported frequency bands
70 *
71 * The bands are assigned this way because the supported
72 * bitrates differ in these bands.
73 *
74 * @IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz ISM band
75 * @IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5GHz band (4.9-5.7)
76 * @IEEE80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
77 * @IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS: number of defined bands
78 */
79enum ieee80211_band {
80 IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ = NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
81 IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ = NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
82 IEEE80211_BAND_60GHZ = NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
83
84 /* keep last */
85 IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS
86};
87
88/**
89 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
90 *
91 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
92 *
93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
95 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
98 * is not permitted.
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
100 * is not permitted.
101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
103 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
104 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
105 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
106 * restrictions.
107 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
108 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
109 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
110 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
111 * restrictions.
112 */
113enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
114 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
116 /* hole at 1<<2 */
117 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
118 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
119 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
120 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
122 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
123};
124
125#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
126 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
127
128#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
129#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
130
131/**
132 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
133 *
134 * This structure describes a single channel for use
135 * with cfg80211.
136 *
137 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
138 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
139 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
140 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
141 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
142 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
143 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
144 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
145 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
146 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
147 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
148 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
149 * @orig_mag: internal use
150 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
151 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
152 * on this channel.
153 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
154 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
155 */
156struct ieee80211_channel {
157 enum ieee80211_band band;
158 u16 center_freq;
159 u16 hw_value;
160 u32 flags;
161 int max_antenna_gain;
162 int max_power;
163 int max_reg_power;
164 bool beacon_found;
165 u32 orig_flags;
166 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
167 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
168 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
169 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
170};
171
172/**
173 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
174 *
175 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
176 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
177 * different bands/PHY modes.
178 *
179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
180 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
181 * with CCK rates.
182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
183 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
184 * core code when registering the wiphy.
185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
186 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
187 * core code when registering the wiphy.
188 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
189 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
190 * core code when registering the wiphy.
191 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
192 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
193 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
194 */
195enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
196 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
197 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
198 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
199 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
200 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
201 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
202 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
203};
204
205/**
206 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
207 *
208 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
209 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
210 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
211 * passed around.
212 *
213 * @flags: rate-specific flags
214 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
215 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
216 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
217 * short preamble is used
218 */
219struct ieee80211_rate {
220 u32 flags;
221 u16 bitrate;
222 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
223};
224
225/**
226 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
227 *
228 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
229 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
230 *
231 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
232 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
233 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
234 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
235 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
236 */
237struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
238 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
239 bool ht_supported;
240 u8 ampdu_factor;
241 u8 ampdu_density;
242 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
243};
244
245/**
246 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
247 *
248 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
249 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
250 *
251 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
252 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
253 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
254 */
255struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
256 bool vht_supported;
257 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
258 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
259};
260
261/**
262 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
263 *
264 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
265 * is able to operate in.
266 *
267 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
268 * in this band.
269 * @band: the band this structure represents
270 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
271 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
272 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
273 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
274 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
275 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
276 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
277 */
278struct ieee80211_supported_band {
279 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
280 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
281 enum ieee80211_band band;
282 int n_channels;
283 int n_bitrates;
284 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
285 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
286};
287
288/*
289 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
290 */
291
292/**
293 * DOC: Actions and configuration
294 *
295 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
296 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
297 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
298 * operations use are described separately.
299 *
300 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
301 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
302 *
303 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
304 * in a separate chapter.
305 */
306
307/**
308 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
309 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
310 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. This will only
311 * be used for non-netdevice interfaces. If this parameter is set
312 * to zero address the driver may determine the address as needed.
313 */
314struct vif_params {
315 int use_4addr;
316 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
317};
318
319/**
320 * struct key_params - key information
321 *
322 * Information about a key
323 *
324 * @key: key material
325 * @key_len: length of key material
326 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
327 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
328 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
329 * length given by @seq_len.
330 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
331 */
332struct key_params {
333 u8 *key;
334 u8 *seq;
335 int key_len;
336 int seq_len;
337 u32 cipher;
338};
339
340/**
341 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
342 * @chan: the (control) channel
343 * @width: channel width
344 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
345 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
346 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
347 */
348struct cfg80211_chan_def {
349 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
350 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
351 u32 center_freq1;
352 u32 center_freq2;
353};
354
355/**
356 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
357 * @chandef: the channel definition
358 *
359 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
360 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
361 */
362static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
363cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
364{
365 switch (chandef->width) {
366 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
367 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
368 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
369 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
370 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
371 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
372 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
373 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
374 default:
375 WARN_ON(1);
376 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
377 }
378}
379
380/**
381 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
382 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
383 * @channel: the control channel
384 * @chantype: the channel type
385 *
386 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
387 */
388void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
389 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
390 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
391
392/**
393 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
394 * @chandef1: first channel definition
395 * @chandef2: second channel definition
396 *
397 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
398 * identical, %false otherwise.
399 */
400static inline bool
401cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
402 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
403{
404 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
405 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
406 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
407 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
408}
409
410/**
411 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
412 * @chandef1: first channel definition
413 * @chandef2: second channel definition
414 *
415 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
416 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
417 */
418const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
419cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
420 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
421
422/**
423 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
424 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
425 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
426 */
427bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
428
429/**
430 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
431 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
432 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
433 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
434 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
435 */
436bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
437 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
438 u32 prohibited_flags);
439
440/**
441 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
442 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
443 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
444 * Return: 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
445 */
446int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
447 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
448
449/**
450 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
451 *
452 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
453 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
454 *
455 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
456 *
457 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
458 */
459static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
460ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
461{
462 switch (chandef->width) {
463 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
464 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
465 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
466 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
467 default:
468 break;
469 }
470 return 0;
471}
472
473/**
474 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
475 *
476 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
477 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
478 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
479 *
480 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
481 *
482 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
483 */
484static inline int
485ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
486{
487 switch (chandef->width) {
488 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
489 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
490 chandef->chan->max_power);
491 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
492 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
493 chandef->chan->max_power);
494 default:
495 break;
496 }
497 return chandef->chan->max_power;
498}
499
500/**
501 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
502 *
503 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
504 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
505 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME: channel active time (in ms) was filled in
506 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY: channel busy time was filled in
507 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
508 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX: channel receive time was filled in
509 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX: channel transmit time was filled in
510 *
511 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
512 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
513 */
514enum survey_info_flags {
515 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = 1<<0,
516 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = 1<<1,
517 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<2,
518 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY = 1<<3,
519 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY = 1<<4,
520 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX = 1<<5,
521 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX = 1<<6,
522};
523
524/**
525 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
526 *
527 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, mandatory
528 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
529 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
530 * optional
531 * @channel_time: amount of time in ms the radio spent on the channel
532 * @channel_time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
533 * @channel_time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
534 * @channel_time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
535 * @channel_time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
536 *
537 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
538 *
539 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
540 * channel duty cycle etc.
541 */
542struct survey_info {
543 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
544 u64 channel_time;
545 u64 channel_time_busy;
546 u64 channel_time_ext_busy;
547 u64 channel_time_rx;
548 u64 channel_time_tx;
549 u32 filled;
550 s8 noise;
551};
552
553/**
554 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
555 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
556 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
557 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
558 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
559 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
560 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
561 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
562 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
563 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
564 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
565 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
566 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
567 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
568 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
569 * protocol frames.
570 */
571struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
572 u32 wpa_versions;
573 u32 cipher_group;
574 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
575 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
576 int n_akm_suites;
577 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
578 bool control_port;
579 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
580 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
581};
582
583/**
584 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
585 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
586 * or %NULL if not changed
587 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
588 * or %NULL if not changed
589 * @head_len: length of @head
590 * @tail_len: length of @tail
591 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
592 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
593 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
594 * frames or %NULL
595 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
596 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
597 * Response frames or %NULL
598 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
599 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
600 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
601 */
602struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
603 const u8 *head, *tail;
604 const u8 *beacon_ies;
605 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
606 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
607 const u8 *probe_resp;
608
609 size_t head_len, tail_len;
610 size_t beacon_ies_len;
611 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
612 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
613 size_t probe_resp_len;
614};
615
616struct mac_address {
617 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
618};
619
620/**
621 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
622 *
623 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
624 * entry specified by mac_addr
625 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
626 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
627 */
628struct cfg80211_acl_data {
629 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
630 int n_acl_entries;
631
632 /* Keep it last */
633 struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
634};
635
636/**
637 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
638 *
639 * Used to configure an AP interface.
640 *
641 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
642 * @beacon: beacon data
643 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
644 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
645 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
646 * user space)
647 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
648 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
649 * @crypto: crypto settings
650 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
651 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
652 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
653 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
654 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
655 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
656 * MAC address based access control
657 * @radar_required: set if radar detection is required
658 */
659struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
660 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
661
662 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
663
664 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
665 const u8 *ssid;
666 size_t ssid_len;
667 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
668 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
669 bool privacy;
670 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
671 int inactivity_timeout;
672 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
673 bool p2p_opp_ps;
674 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
675 bool radar_required;
676};
677
678/**
679 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
680 *
681 * Used for channel switch
682 *
683 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
684 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
685 * @counter_offset_beacon: offset for the counter within the beacon (tail)
686 * @counter_offset_presp: offset for the counter within the probe response
687 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
688 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
689 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
690 * @count: number of beacons until switch
691 */
692struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
693 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
694 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
695 u16 counter_offset_beacon, counter_offset_presp;
696 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
697 bool radar_required;
698 bool block_tx;
699 u8 count;
700};
701
702/**
703 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
704 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
705 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
706 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
707 *
708 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
709 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
710 */
711enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
712 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
713 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
714 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
715};
716
717/**
718 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
719 *
720 * Used to change and create a new station.
721 *
722 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
723 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
724 * (or NULL for no change)
725 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
726 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
727 * (bitmask of BIT(NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
728 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
729 * (bitmask of BIT(NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
730 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
731 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
732 * @plink_action: plink action to take
733 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
734 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
735 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
736 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
737 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
738 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
739 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
740 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
741 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
742 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
743 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
744 * to unknown)
745 * @capability: station capability
746 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
747 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
748 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
749 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
750 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
751 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
752 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
753 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
754 */
755struct station_parameters {
756 const u8 *supported_rates;
757 struct net_device *vlan;
758 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
759 u32 sta_modify_mask;
760 int listen_interval;
761 u16 aid;
762 u8 supported_rates_len;
763 u8 plink_action;
764 u8 plink_state;
765 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
766 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
767 u8 uapsd_queues;
768 u8 max_sp;
769 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
770 u16 capability;
771 const u8 *ext_capab;
772 u8 ext_capab_len;
773 const u8 *supported_channels;
774 u8 supported_channels_len;
775 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
776 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
777 u8 opmode_notif;
778 bool opmode_notif_used;
779};
780
781/**
782 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
783 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
784 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
785 * the AP MLME in the device
786 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
787 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
788 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
789 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
790 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
791 * supported/used)
792 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
793 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
794 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
795 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
796 */
797enum cfg80211_station_type {
798 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
799 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
800 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
801 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
802 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
803 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
804 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
805 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
806};
807
808/**
809 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
810 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
811 * @params: the new parameters for a station
812 * @statype: the type of station being modified
813 *
814 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
815 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
816 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
817 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
818 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
819 */
820int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
821 struct station_parameters *params,
822 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
823
824/**
825 * enum station_info_flags - station information flags
826 *
827 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct station_info
828 * it has filled in during get_station() or dump_station().
829 *
830 * @STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: @inactive_time filled
831 * @STATION_INFO_RX_BYTES: @rx_bytes filled
832 * @STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES: @tx_bytes filled
833 * @STATION_INFO_RX_BYTES64: @rx_bytes filled with 64-bit value
834 * @STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES64: @tx_bytes filled with 64-bit value
835 * @STATION_INFO_LLID: @llid filled
836 * @STATION_INFO_PLID: @plid filled
837 * @STATION_INFO_PLINK_STATE: @plink_state filled
838 * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL: @signal filled
839 * @STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE: @txrate fields are filled
840 * (tx_bitrate, tx_bitrate_flags and tx_bitrate_mcs)
841 * @STATION_INFO_RX_PACKETS: @rx_packets filled with 32-bit value
842 * @STATION_INFO_TX_PACKETS: @tx_packets filled with 32-bit value
843 * @STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES: @tx_retries filled
844 * @STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED: @tx_failed filled
845 * @STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: @rx_dropped_misc filled
846 * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: @signal_avg filled
847 * @STATION_INFO_RX_BITRATE: @rxrate fields are filled
848 * @STATION_INFO_BSS_PARAM: @bss_param filled
849 * @STATION_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: @connected_time filled
850 * @STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES: @assoc_req_ies filled
851 * @STATION_INFO_STA_FLAGS: @sta_flags filled
852 * @STATION_INFO_BEACON_LOSS_COUNT: @beacon_loss_count filled
853 * @STATION_INFO_T_OFFSET: @t_offset filled
854 * @STATION_INFO_LOCAL_PM: @local_pm filled
855 * @STATION_INFO_PEER_PM: @peer_pm filled
856 * @STATION_INFO_NONPEER_PM: @nonpeer_pm filled
857 * @STATION_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: @chain_signal filled
858 * @STATION_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: @chain_signal_avg filled
859 */
860enum station_info_flags {
861 STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME = 1<<0,
862 STATION_INFO_RX_BYTES = 1<<1,
863 STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES = 1<<2,
864 STATION_INFO_LLID = 1<<3,
865 STATION_INFO_PLID = 1<<4,
866 STATION_INFO_PLINK_STATE = 1<<5,
867 STATION_INFO_SIGNAL = 1<<6,
868 STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE = 1<<7,
869 STATION_INFO_RX_PACKETS = 1<<8,
870 STATION_INFO_TX_PACKETS = 1<<9,
871 STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES = 1<<10,
872 STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED = 1<<11,
873 STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC = 1<<12,
874 STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<13,
875 STATION_INFO_RX_BITRATE = 1<<14,
876 STATION_INFO_BSS_PARAM = 1<<15,
877 STATION_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME = 1<<16,
878 STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES = 1<<17,
879 STATION_INFO_STA_FLAGS = 1<<18,
880 STATION_INFO_BEACON_LOSS_COUNT = 1<<19,
881 STATION_INFO_T_OFFSET = 1<<20,
882 STATION_INFO_LOCAL_PM = 1<<21,
883 STATION_INFO_PEER_PM = 1<<22,
884 STATION_INFO_NONPEER_PM = 1<<23,
885 STATION_INFO_RX_BYTES64 = 1<<24,
886 STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES64 = 1<<25,
887 STATION_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL = 1<<26,
888 STATION_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<27,
889};
890
891/**
892 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
893 *
894 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
895 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
896 *
897 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
898 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
899 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz width transmission
900 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz width transmission
901 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80+80 MHz width transmission
902 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz width transmission
903 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
904 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
905 */
906enum rate_info_flags {
907 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
908 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
909 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(2),
910 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(3),
911 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(4),
912 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
913 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(6),
914 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(7),
915};
916
917/**
918 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
919 *
920 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
921 *
922 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
923 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes a 802.11n bitrate
924 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
925 * @nss: number of streams (VHT only)
926 */
927struct rate_info {
928 u8 flags;
929 u8 mcs;
930 u16 legacy;
931 u8 nss;
932};
933
934/**
935 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
936 *
937 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
938 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
939 *
940 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
941 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
942 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
943 */
944enum bss_param_flags {
945 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
946 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
947 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
948};
949
950/**
951 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
952 *
953 * Information about the currently associated BSS
954 *
955 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
956 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
957 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
958 */
959struct sta_bss_parameters {
960 u8 flags;
961 u8 dtim_period;
962 u16 beacon_interval;
963};
964
965#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
966
967/**
968 * struct station_info - station information
969 *
970 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
971 *
972 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum station_info_flags
973 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
974 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
975 * @rx_bytes: bytes received from this station
976 * @tx_bytes: bytes transmitted to this station
977 * @llid: mesh local link id
978 * @plid: mesh peer link id
979 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
980 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
981 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
982 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
983 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
984 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
985 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
986 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
987 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
988 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
989 * @rx_packets: packets received from this station
990 * @tx_packets: packets transmitted to this station
991 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts
992 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (retries exceeded, no ACK)
993 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
994 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
995 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
996 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
997 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
998 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
999 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1000 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1001 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1002 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1003 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1004 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1005 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1006 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1007 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1008 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1009 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1010 */
1011struct station_info {
1012 u32 filled;
1013 u32 connected_time;
1014 u32 inactive_time;
1015 u64 rx_bytes;
1016 u64 tx_bytes;
1017 u16 llid;
1018 u16 plid;
1019 u8 plink_state;
1020 s8 signal;
1021 s8 signal_avg;
1022
1023 u8 chains;
1024 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1025 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1026
1027 struct rate_info txrate;
1028 struct rate_info rxrate;
1029 u32 rx_packets;
1030 u32 tx_packets;
1031 u32 tx_retries;
1032 u32 tx_failed;
1033 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1034 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1035 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1036
1037 int generation;
1038
1039 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1040 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1041
1042 u32 beacon_loss_count;
1043 s64 t_offset;
1044 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1045 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1046 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1047
1048 /*
1049 * Note: Add a new enum station_info_flags value for each new field and
1050 * use it to check which fields are initialized.
1051 */
1052};
1053
1054/**
1055 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1056 *
1057 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1058 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1059 *
1060 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1061 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1062 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1063 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1064 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1065 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1066 */
1067enum monitor_flags {
1068 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1069 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1070 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1071 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1072 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1073 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1074};
1075
1076/**
1077 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1078 *
1079 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1080 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1081 *
1082 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1083 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1084 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1085 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1086 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1087 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1088 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1089 */
1090enum mpath_info_flags {
1091 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
1092 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
1093 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
1094 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
1095 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
1096 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
1097 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
1098};
1099
1100/**
1101 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1102 *
1103 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1104 *
1105 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1106 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1107 * @sn: target sequence number
1108 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1109 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1110 * @flags: mesh path flags
1111 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1112 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1113 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1114 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1115 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1116 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1117 */
1118struct mpath_info {
1119 u32 filled;
1120 u32 frame_qlen;
1121 u32 sn;
1122 u32 metric;
1123 u32 exptime;
1124 u32 discovery_timeout;
1125 u8 discovery_retries;
1126 u8 flags;
1127
1128 int generation;
1129};
1130
1131/**
1132 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1133 *
1134 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1135 *
1136 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1137 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1138 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1139 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1140 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1141 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1142 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1143 * (or NULL for no change)
1144 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1145 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1146 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1147 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1148 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1149 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1150 */
1151struct bss_parameters {
1152 int use_cts_prot;
1153 int use_short_preamble;
1154 int use_short_slot_time;
1155 u8 *basic_rates;
1156 u8 basic_rates_len;
1157 int ap_isolate;
1158 int ht_opmode;
1159 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1160};
1161
1162/**
1163 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1164 *
1165 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1166 *
1167 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1168 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1169 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1170 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1171 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1172 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1173 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1174 * mesh interface
1175 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1176 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1177 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1178 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1179 * elements
1180 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1181 * detect compatible mesh peers
1182 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1183 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1184 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1185 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1186 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1187 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1188 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1189 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1190 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1191 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1192 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1193 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1194 * element
1195 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1196 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1197 * element
1198 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1199 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1200 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1201 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1202 * announcements are transmitted
1203 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1204 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1205 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1206 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1207 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1208 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1209 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1210 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1211 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1212 * station to establish a peer link
1213 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1214 *
1215 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1216 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1217 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1218 *
1219 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1220 * PREQs are transmitted.
1221 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1222 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1223 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1224 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1225 * setting for new peer links.
1226 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1227 * after transmitting its beacon.
1228 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1229 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1230 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1231 */
1232struct mesh_config {
1233 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1234 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1235 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1236 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1237 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1238 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1239 u8 element_ttl;
1240 bool auto_open_plinks;
1241 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1242 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1243 u32 path_refresh_time;
1244 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1245 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1246 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1247 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1248 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1249 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1250 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1251 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1252 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1253 s32 rssi_threshold;
1254 u16 ht_opmode;
1255 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1256 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1257 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1258 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1259 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1260 u32 plink_timeout;
1261};
1262
1263/**
1264 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1265 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1266 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1267 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1268 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1269 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1270 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1271 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1272 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1273 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1274 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1275 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1276 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1277 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1278 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1279 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1280 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1281 *
1282 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1283 */
1284struct mesh_setup {
1285 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1286 const u8 *mesh_id;
1287 u8 mesh_id_len;
1288 u8 sync_method;
1289 u8 path_sel_proto;
1290 u8 path_metric;
1291 u8 auth_id;
1292 const u8 *ie;
1293 u8 ie_len;
1294 bool is_authenticated;
1295 bool is_secure;
1296 bool user_mpm;
1297 u8 dtim_period;
1298 u16 beacon_interval;
1299 int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1300 u32 basic_rates;
1301};
1302
1303/**
1304 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1305 * @ac: AC identifier
1306 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1307 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1308 * 1..32767]
1309 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1310 * 1..32767]
1311 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1312 */
1313struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1314 enum nl80211_ac ac;
1315 u16 txop;
1316 u16 cwmin;
1317 u16 cwmax;
1318 u8 aifs;
1319};
1320
1321/**
1322 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1323 *
1324 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1325 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1326 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1327 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1328 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1329 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1330 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1331 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1332 * in the wiphy structure.
1333 *
1334 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1335 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1336 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1337 *
1338 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1339 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1340 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1341 * to userspace.
1342 */
1343
1344/**
1345 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1346 * @ssid: the SSID
1347 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1348 */
1349struct cfg80211_ssid {
1350 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1351 u8 ssid_len;
1352};
1353
1354/**
1355 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1356 *
1357 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1358 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1359 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1360 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1361 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1362 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1363 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1364 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1365 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1366 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1367 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1368 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1369 * @aborted: (internal) scan request was notified as aborted
1370 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1371 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1372 */
1373struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1374 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1375 int n_ssids;
1376 u32 n_channels;
1377 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1378 const u8 *ie;
1379 size_t ie_len;
1380 u32 flags;
1381
1382 u32 rates[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1383
1384 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1385
1386 /* internal */
1387 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1388 unsigned long scan_start;
1389 bool aborted, notified;
1390 bool no_cck;
1391
1392 /* keep last */
1393 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1394};
1395
1396/**
1397 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1398 *
1399 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length for no match (RSSI only)
1400 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1401 */
1402struct cfg80211_match_set {
1403 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1404 s32 rssi_thold;
1405};
1406
1407/**
1408 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
1409 *
1410 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
1411 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1412 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1413 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1414 * @interval: interval between each scheduled scan cycle
1415 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1416 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1417 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1418 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
1419 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
1420 * (others are filtered out).
1421 * If ommited, all results are passed.
1422 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1423 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1424 * @dev: the interface
1425 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1426 * @channels: channels to scan
1427 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
1428 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
1429 */
1430struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1431 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1432 int n_ssids;
1433 u32 n_channels;
1434 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1435 u32 interval;
1436 const u8 *ie;
1437 size_t ie_len;
1438 u32 flags;
1439 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
1440 int n_match_sets;
1441 s32 min_rssi_thold;
1442
1443 /* internal */
1444 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1445 struct net_device *dev;
1446 unsigned long scan_start;
1447
1448 /* keep last */
1449 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1450};
1451
1452/**
1453 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
1454 *
1455 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
1456 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
1457 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
1458 */
1459enum cfg80211_signal_type {
1460 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
1461 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
1462 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
1463};
1464
1465/**
1466 * struct cfg80211_bss_ie_data - BSS entry IE data
1467 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
1468 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
1469 * @len: length of the IEs
1470 * @data: IE data
1471 */
1472struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
1473 u64 tsf;
1474 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1475 int len;
1476 u8 data[];
1477};
1478
1479/**
1480 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
1481 *
1482 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
1483 * for use in scan results and similar.
1484 *
1485 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
1486 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
1487 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
1488 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
1489 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
1490 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
1491 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
1492 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
1493 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
1494 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
1495 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
1496 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
1497 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
1498 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
1499 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
1500 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
1501 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
1502 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
1503 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
1504 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
1505 */
1506struct cfg80211_bss {
1507 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1508 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1509
1510 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
1511 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
1512 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
1513
1514 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
1515
1516 s32 signal;
1517
1518 u16 beacon_interval;
1519 u16 capability;
1520
1521 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1522
1523 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1524};
1525
1526/**
1527 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
1528 * @bss: the bss to search
1529 * @ie: the IE ID
1530 *
1531 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
1532 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
1533 * Return: %NULL if not found.
1534 */
1535const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie);
1536
1537
1538/**
1539 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
1540 *
1541 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1542 * authentication.
1543 *
1544 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
1545 * to it if it needs to keep it.
1546 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1547 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
1548 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1549 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1550 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1551 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1552 * @sae_data: Non-IE data to use with SAE or %NULL. This starts with
1553 * Authentication transaction sequence number field.
1554 * @sae_data_len: Length of sae_data buffer in octets
1555 */
1556struct cfg80211_auth_request {
1557 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1558 const u8 *ie;
1559 size_t ie_len;
1560 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1561 const u8 *key;
1562 u8 key_len, key_idx;
1563 const u8 *sae_data;
1564 size_t sae_data_len;
1565};
1566
1567/**
1568 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
1569 *
1570 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
1571 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
1572 */
1573enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
1574 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
1575 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
1576};
1577
1578/**
1579 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
1580 *
1581 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1582 * (re)association.
1583 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
1584 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
1585 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
1586 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
1587 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
1588 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1589 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
1590 * @crypto: crypto settings
1591 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame
1592 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1593 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1594 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1595 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1596 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
1597 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
1598 */
1599struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
1600 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1601 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
1602 size_t ie_len;
1603 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1604 bool use_mfp;
1605 u32 flags;
1606 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1607 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1608 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
1609};
1610
1611/**
1612 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
1613 *
1614 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1615 * deauthentication.
1616 *
1617 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
1618 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
1619 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1620 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
1621 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
1622 * do not set a deauth frame
1623 */
1624struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
1625 const u8 *bssid;
1626 const u8 *ie;
1627 size_t ie_len;
1628 u16 reason_code;
1629 bool local_state_change;
1630};
1631
1632/**
1633 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
1634 *
1635 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1636 * disassocation.
1637 *
1638 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
1639 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
1640 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1641 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
1642 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
1643 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
1644 */
1645struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
1646 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1647 const u8 *ie;
1648 size_t ie_len;
1649 u16 reason_code;
1650 bool local_state_change;
1651};
1652
1653/**
1654 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
1655 *
1656 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
1657 * method.
1658 *
1659 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
1660 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
1661 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
1662 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
1663 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
1664 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
1665 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
1666 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
1667 * @ie_len: length of that
1668 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1669 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
1670 * after joining
1671 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
1672 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
1673 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
1674 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
1675 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1676 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1677 * to operate on DFS channels.
1678 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
1679 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
1680 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1681 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1682 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1683 */
1684struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
1685 u8 *ssid;
1686 u8 *bssid;
1687 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1688 u8 *ie;
1689 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
1690 u16 beacon_interval;
1691 u32 basic_rates;
1692 bool channel_fixed;
1693 bool privacy;
1694 bool control_port;
1695 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1696 int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1697 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1698 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1699};
1700
1701/**
1702 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
1703 *
1704 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1705 * authentication and association.
1706 *
1707 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
1708 * on scan results)
1709 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
1710 * %NULL if not specified
1711 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
1712 * results)
1713 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
1714 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
1715 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
1716 * to use.
1717 * @ssid: SSID
1718 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
1719 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1720 * @ie: IEs for association request
1721 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
1722 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
1723 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
1724 * @crypto: crypto settings
1725 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1726 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1727 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1728 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1729 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
1730 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
1731 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1732 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1733 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1734 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
1735 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
1736 */
1737struct cfg80211_connect_params {
1738 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1739 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
1740 const u8 *bssid;
1741 const u8 *bssid_hint;
1742 const u8 *ssid;
1743 size_t ssid_len;
1744 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1745 const u8 *ie;
1746 size_t ie_len;
1747 bool privacy;
1748 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
1749 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1750 const u8 *key;
1751 u8 key_len, key_idx;
1752 u32 flags;
1753 int bg_scan_period;
1754 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1755 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1756 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
1757 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
1758};
1759
1760/**
1761 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
1762 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
1763 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
1764 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
1765 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
1766 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
1767 */
1768enum wiphy_params_flags {
1769 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
1770 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
1771 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
1772 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
1773 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
1774};
1775
1776/*
1777 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
1778 */
1779struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
1780 struct {
1781 u32 legacy;
1782 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
1783 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
1784 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
1785 } control[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1786};
1787/**
1788 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
1789 *
1790 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
1791 * caching.
1792 *
1793 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID.
1794 * @pmkid: The PMK material itself.
1795 */
1796struct cfg80211_pmksa {
1797 u8 *bssid;
1798 u8 *pmkid;
1799};
1800
1801/**
1802 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
1803 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
1804 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
1805 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
1806 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
1807 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
1808 *
1809 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
1810 * memory, free @mask only!
1811 */
1812struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
1813 u8 *mask, *pattern;
1814 int pattern_len;
1815 int pkt_offset;
1816};
1817
1818/**
1819 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
1820 *
1821 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
1822 * @src: source IP address
1823 * @dst: destination IP address
1824 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
1825 * @src_port: source port
1826 * @dst_port: destination port
1827 * @payload_len: data payload length
1828 * @payload: data payload buffer
1829 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
1830 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
1831 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
1832 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
1833 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
1834 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
1835 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
1836 */
1837struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
1838 struct socket *sock;
1839 __be32 src, dst;
1840 u16 src_port, dst_port;
1841 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
1842 int payload_len;
1843 const u8 *payload;
1844 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
1845 u32 data_interval;
1846 u32 wake_len;
1847 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
1848 u32 tokens_size;
1849 /* must be last, variable member */
1850 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
1851};
1852
1853/**
1854 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
1855 *
1856 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
1857 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
1858 * operating as normal during suspend
1859 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
1860 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
1861 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
1862 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
1863 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
1864 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
1865 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
1866 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
1867 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
1868 * NULL if not configured.
1869 */
1870struct cfg80211_wowlan {
1871 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
1872 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
1873 rfkill_release;
1874 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
1875 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
1876 int n_patterns;
1877};
1878
1879/**
1880 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
1881 *
1882 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
1883 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
1884 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
1885 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
1886 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
1887 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
1888 */
1889struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
1890 int delay;
1891 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
1892 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
1893 int n_patterns;
1894};
1895
1896/**
1897 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
1898 *
1899 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
1900 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
1901 * @n_rules: number of rules
1902 */
1903struct cfg80211_coalesce {
1904 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
1905 int n_rules;
1906};
1907
1908/**
1909 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
1910 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
1911 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
1912 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
1913 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
1914 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
1915 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
1916 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
1917 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
1918 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
1919 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
1920 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
1921 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
1922 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
1923 * it is.
1924 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
1925 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
1926 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
1927 */
1928struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
1929 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
1930 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
1931 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
1932 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
1933 s32 pattern_idx;
1934 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
1935 const void *packet;
1936};
1937
1938/**
1939 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
1940 * @kek: key encryption key
1941 * @kck: key confirmation key
1942 * @replay_ctr: replay counter
1943 */
1944struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
1945 u8 kek[NL80211_KEK_LEN];
1946 u8 kck[NL80211_KCK_LEN];
1947 u8 replay_ctr[NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN];
1948};
1949
1950/**
1951 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
1952 *
1953 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
1954 *
1955 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
1956 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
1957 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
1958 */
1959struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
1960 u16 md;
1961 const u8 *ie;
1962 size_t ie_len;
1963};
1964
1965/**
1966 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
1967 *
1968 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
1969 *
1970 * @chan: channel to use
1971 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
1972 * @wait: duration for ROC
1973 * @buf: buffer to transmit
1974 * @len: buffer length
1975 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
1976 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
1977 */
1978struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
1979 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
1980 bool offchan;
1981 unsigned int wait;
1982 const u8 *buf;
1983 size_t len;
1984 bool no_cck;
1985 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
1986};
1987
1988/**
1989 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
1990 *
1991 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
1992 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
1993 */
1994struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
1995 u8 dscp;
1996 u8 up;
1997};
1998
1999/**
2000 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2001 *
2002 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2003 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2004 */
2005struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2006 u8 low;
2007 u8 high;
2008};
2009
2010/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2011#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
2012#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
2013#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2014 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2015
2016/**
2017 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2018 *
2019 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2020 *
2021 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2022 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2023 * the user priority DSCP range definition
2024 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2025 */
2026struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2027 u8 num_des;
2028 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2029 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2030};
2031
2032/**
2033 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
2034 *
2035 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
2036 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
2037 *
2038 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
2039 * on success or a negative error code.
2040 *
2041 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
2042 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
2043 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
2044 *
2045 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
2046 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
2047 * configured for the device.
2048 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
2049 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
2050 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
2051 * the device.
2052 *
2053 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
2054 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
2055 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
2056 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
2057 * also set the address member in the wdev.
2058 *
2059 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
2060 *
2061 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
2062 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
2063 *
2064 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
2065 * when adding a group key.
2066 *
2067 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
2068 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
2069 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
2070 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
2071 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
2072 *
2073 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
2074 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
2075 *
2076 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
2077 *
2078 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
2079 *
2080 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
2081 *
2082 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
2083 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
2084 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
2085 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
2086 *
2087 * @add_station: Add a new station.
2088 * @del_station: Remove a station; @mac may be NULL to remove all stations.
2089 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
2090 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
2091 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
2092 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
2093 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
2094 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
2095 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2096 *
2097 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
2098 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
2099 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
2100 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
2101 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2102 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
2103 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2104 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
2105 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2106 *
2107 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
2108 *
2109 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
2110 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
2111 * set, and which to leave alone.
2112 *
2113 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
2114 *
2115 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
2116 *
2117 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
2118 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
2119 * join the mesh instead.
2120 *
2121 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
2122 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
2123 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
2124 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
2125 *
2126 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
2127 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
2128 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
2129 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
2130 *
2131 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
2132 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2133 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
2134 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2135 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
2136 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2137 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
2138 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2139 *
2140 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
2141 * call cfg80211_connect_result() with status code %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS.
2142 * If the connection fails for some reason, call cfg80211_connect_result()
2143 * with the status from the AP.
2144 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2145 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS.
2146 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2147 *
2148 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
2149 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
2150 * to a merge.
2151 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2152 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
2153 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2154 *
2155 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
2156 * MESH mode)
2157 *
2158 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
2159 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
2160 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
2161 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
2162 *
2163 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
2164 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
2165 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
2166 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
2167 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
2168 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
2169 * return 0 if successful
2170 *
2171 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
2172 *
2173 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
2174 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
2175 *
2176 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
2177 *
2178 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
2179 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
2180 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
2181 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
2182 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
2183 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
2184 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
2185 * the duration value.
2186 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
2187 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
2188 * frame on another channel
2189 *
2190 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
2191 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
2192 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
2193 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
2194 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
2195 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
2196 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
2197 *
2198 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
2199 *
2200 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
2201 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
2202 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
2203 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
2204 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
2205 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
2206 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
2207 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
2208 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
2209 * thresholds.
2210 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
2211 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan. This
2212 * call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready for starting a new one
2213 * before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be called immediately
2214 * after that again and should not fail in that case. The driver should
2215 * not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested stop (when this
2216 * method returns 0.)
2217 *
2218 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
2219 * registered. Note that this callback may not sleep, and cannot run
2220 * concurrently with itself.
2221 *
2222 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
2223 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
2224 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
2225 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
2226 *
2227 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
2228 *
2229 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
2230 *
2231 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
2232 *
2233 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
2234 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
2235 *
2236 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
2237 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
2238 *
2239 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
2240 *
2241 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
2242 * See @ethtool_ops.get_sset_count
2243 *
2244 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
2245 * See @ethtool_ops.get_ethtool_stats
2246 *
2247 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
2248 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
2249 * See @ethtool_ops.get_strings
2250 *
2251 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
2252 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
2253 * current monitoring channel.
2254 *
2255 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
2256 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
2257 *
2258 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
2259 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
2260 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
2261 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
2262 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
2263 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
2264 *
2265 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
2266 *
2267 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
2268 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
2269 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
2270 *
2271 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
2272 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
2273 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
2274 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
2275 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
2276 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
2277 *
2278 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA)
2279 *
2280 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
2281 */
2282struct cfg80211_ops {
2283 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
2284 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2285 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
2286
2287 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2288 const char *name,
2289 enum nl80211_iftype type,
2290 u32 *flags,
2291 struct vif_params *params);
2292 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2293 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2294 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2295 struct net_device *dev,
2296 enum nl80211_iftype type, u32 *flags,
2297 struct vif_params *params);
2298
2299 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2300 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2301 struct key_params *params);
2302 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2303 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2304 void *cookie,
2305 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
2306 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2307 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
2308 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2309 struct net_device *netdev,
2310 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
2311 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2312 struct net_device *netdev,
2313 u8 key_index);
2314
2315 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2316 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
2317 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2318 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
2319 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2320
2321
2322 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2323 u8 *mac, struct station_parameters *params);
2324 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2325 u8 *mac);
2326 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2327 u8 *mac, struct station_parameters *params);
2328 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2329 u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
2330 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2331 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
2332
2333 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2334 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop);
2335 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2336 u8 *dst);
2337 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2338 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop);
2339 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2340 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
2341 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
2342 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2343 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
2344 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
2345 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2346 struct net_device *dev,
2347 struct mesh_config *conf);
2348 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2349 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
2350 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
2351 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2352 const struct mesh_config *conf,
2353 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
2354 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2355
2356 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2357 struct bss_parameters *params);
2358
2359 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2360 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
2361
2362 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2363 struct net_device *dev,
2364 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
2365
2366 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2367 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
2368
2369 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2370 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
2371
2372 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2373 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
2374 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2375 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
2376 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2377 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
2378 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2379 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
2380
2381 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2382 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
2383 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2384 u16 reason_code);
2385
2386 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2387 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
2388 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2389
2390 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2391 int rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]);
2392
2393 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
2394
2395 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2396 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
2397 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2398 int *dbm);
2399
2400 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2401 const u8 *addr);
2402
2403 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2404
2405#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
2406 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2407 void *data, int len);
2408 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
2409 struct netlink_callback *cb,
2410 void *data, int len);
2411#endif
2412
2413 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2414 struct net_device *dev,
2415 const u8 *peer,
2416 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
2417
2418 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2419 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
2420
2421 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2422 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
2423 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2424 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
2425 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
2426
2427 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2428 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2429 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
2430 unsigned int duration,
2431 u64 *cookie);
2432 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2433 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2434 u64 cookie);
2435
2436 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2437 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
2438 u64 *cookie);
2439 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2440 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2441 u64 cookie);
2442
2443 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2444 bool enabled, int timeout);
2445
2446 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2447 struct net_device *dev,
2448 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
2449
2450 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2451 struct net_device *dev,
2452 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
2453
2454 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2455 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2456 u16 frame_type, bool reg);
2457
2458 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
2459 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
2460
2461 int (*set_ringparam)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx, u32 rx);
2462 void (*get_ringparam)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2463 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
2464
2465 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2466 struct net_device *dev,
2467 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
2468 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2469
2470 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2471 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
2472
2473 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2474 u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
2475 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
2476 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
2477 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2478 u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
2479
2480 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2481 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
2482
2483 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2484 struct net_device *dev,
2485 u16 noack_map);
2486
2487 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2488 struct net_device *dev, int sset);
2489 void (*get_et_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2490 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
2491 void (*get_et_strings)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2492 u32 sset, u8 *data);
2493
2494 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2495 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2496 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
2497
2498 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2499 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2500 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2501 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2502
2503 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2504 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
2505
2506 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2507 struct net_device *dev,
2508 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
2509 u32 cac_time_ms);
2510 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2511 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
2512 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2513 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2514 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
2515 u16 duration);
2516 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2517 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2518 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2519 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
2520
2521 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2522 struct net_device *dev,
2523 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
2524 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2525 struct net_device *dev,
2526 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
2527};
2528
2529/*
2530 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
2531 * and registration/helper functions
2532 */
2533
2534/**
2535 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
2536 *
2537 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
2538 * wiphy at all
2539 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
2540 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
2541 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
2542 * reason to override the default
2543 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
2544 * on a VLAN interface)
2545 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
2546 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
2547 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
2548 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
2549 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
2550 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
2551 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
2552 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN: The device supports scheduled scans.
2553 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
2554 * firmware.
2555 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
2556 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
2557 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
2558 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
2559 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
2560 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2561 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
2562 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
2563 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
2564 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
2565 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
2566 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
2567 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
2568 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
2569 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
2570 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
2571 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
2572 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
2573 */
2574enum wiphy_flags {
2575 /* use hole at 0 */
2576 /* use hole at 1 */
2577 /* use hole at 2 */
2578 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
2579 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
2580 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
2581 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
2582 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
2583 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
2584 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
2585 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN = BIT(11),
2586 /* use hole at 12 */
2587 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
2588 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
2589 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
2590 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
2591 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
2592 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
2593 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
2594 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
2595 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
2596 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
2597 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
2598};
2599
2600/**
2601 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
2602 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
2603 * @types: interface types (bits)
2604 */
2605struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
2606 u16 max;
2607 u16 types;
2608};
2609
2610/**
2611 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
2612 * @limits: limits for the given interface types
2613 * @n_limits: number of limitations
2614 * @num_different_channels: can use up to this many different channels
2615 * @max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this
2616 * group
2617 * @beacon_int_infra_match: In this combination, the beacon intervals
2618 * between infrastructure and AP types must match. This is required
2619 * only in special cases.
2620 * @radar_detect_widths: bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
2621 *
2622 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
2623 * combinations it supports concurrently.
2624 *
2625 * Examples:
2626 *
2627 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
2628 *
2629 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
2630 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
2631 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
2632 * };
2633 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
2634 * .limits = limits1,
2635 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
2636 * .max_interfaces = 2,
2637 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
2638 * };
2639 *
2640 *
2641 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
2642 *
2643 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
2644 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
2645 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
2646 * };
2647 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
2648 * .limits = limits2,
2649 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
2650 * .max_interfaces = 8,
2651 * .num_different_channels = 1,
2652 * };
2653 *
2654 *
2655 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
2656 *
2657 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
2658 *
2659 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
2660 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
2661 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
2662 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
2663 * };
2664 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
2665 * .limits = limits3,
2666 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
2667 * .max_interfaces = 4,
2668 * .num_different_channels = 2,
2669 * };
2670 */
2671struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
2672 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
2673 u32 num_different_channels;
2674 u16 max_interfaces;
2675 u8 n_limits;
2676 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
2677 u8 radar_detect_widths;
2678};
2679
2680struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
2681 u16 tx, rx;
2682};
2683
2684/**
2685 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
2686 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
2687 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
2688 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
2689 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
2690 * packet should be preserved in that case
2691 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
2692 * (see nl80211.h)
2693 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
2694 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
2695 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
2696 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
2697 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
2698 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
2699 */
2700enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
2701 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
2702 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
2703 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
2704 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
2705 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
2706 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
2707 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
2708 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
2709};
2710
2711struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
2712 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
2713 u32 data_payload_max;
2714 u32 data_interval_max;
2715 u32 wake_payload_max;
2716 bool seq;
2717};
2718
2719/**
2720 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
2721 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
2722 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
2723 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
2724 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
2725 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
2726 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
2727 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
2728 */
2729struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
2730 u32 flags;
2731 int n_patterns;
2732 int pattern_max_len;
2733 int pattern_min_len;
2734 int max_pkt_offset;
2735 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
2736};
2737
2738/**
2739 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
2740 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
2741 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
2742 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
2743 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
2744 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
2745 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
2746 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
2747 */
2748struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
2749 int n_rules;
2750 int max_delay;
2751 int n_patterns;
2752 int pattern_max_len;
2753 int pattern_min_len;
2754 int max_pkt_offset;
2755};
2756
2757/**
2758 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
2759 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
2760 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
2761 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
2762 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
2763 */
2764enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
2765 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
2766 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
2767 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
2768};
2769
2770/**
2771 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
2772 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
2773 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
2774 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
2775 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
2776 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
2777 */
2778struct wiphy_vendor_command {
2779 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
2780 u32 flags;
2781 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2782 const void *data, int data_len);
2783};
2784
2785/**
2786 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
2787 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
2788 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
2789 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
2790 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
2791 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
2792 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
2793 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
2794 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
2795 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
2796 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
2797 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
2798 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
2799 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
2800 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
2801 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
2802 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
2803 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
2804 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
2805 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
2806 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
2807 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
2808 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
2809 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
2810 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
2811 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
2812 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
2813 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
2814 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
2815 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
2816 * unregister hardware
2817 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
2818 * automatically on wiphy renames
2819 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
2820 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
2821 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
2822 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
2823 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
2824 * must be set by driver
2825 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
2826 * list single interface types.
2827 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
2828 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
2829 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
2830 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
2831 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
2832 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
2833 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
2834 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
2835 * this variable determines its size
2836 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
2837 * any given scan
2838 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
2839 * for in any given scheduled scan
2840 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
2841 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
2842 * supported.
2843 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
2844 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
2845 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
2846 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
2847 * scans
2848 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
2849 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
2850 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
2851 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
2852 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
2853 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
2854 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
2855 *
2856 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
2857 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
2858 * type
2859 *
2860 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
2861 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
2862 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
2863 *
2864 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
2865 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
2866 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
2867 *
2868 * @probe_resp_offload:
2869 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
2870 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
2871 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
2872 *
2873 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
2874 * may request, if implemented.
2875 *
2876 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
2877 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
2878 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
2879 * to the suspend() operation instead.
2880 *
2881 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2882 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
2883 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
2884 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
2885 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
2886 *
2887 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
2888 * supports for ACL.
2889 *
2890 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
2891 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
2892 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
2893 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
2894 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
2895 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
2896 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
2897 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
2898 *
2899 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
2900 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
2901 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
2902 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
2903 *
2904 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
2905 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
2906 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
2907 * some cases, but may not always reach.
2908 */
2909struct wiphy {
2910 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
2911
2912 /* permanent MAC address(es) */
2913 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
2914 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
2915
2916 struct mac_address *addresses;
2917
2918 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
2919
2920 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
2921 int n_iface_combinations;
2922 u16 software_iftypes;
2923
2924 u16 n_addresses;
2925
2926 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
2927 u16 interface_modes;
2928
2929 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
2930
2931 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
2932
2933 u32 ap_sme_capa;
2934
2935 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
2936
2937 int bss_priv_size;
2938 u8 max_scan_ssids;
2939 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
2940 u8 max_match_sets;
2941 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
2942 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
2943
2944 int n_cipher_suites;
2945 const u32 *cipher_suites;
2946
2947 u8 retry_short;
2948 u8 retry_long;
2949 u32 frag_threshold;
2950 u32 rts_threshold;
2951 u8 coverage_class;
2952
2953 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
2954 u32 hw_version;
2955
2956#ifdef CONFIG_PM
2957 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
2958 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
2959#endif
2960
2961 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
2962
2963 u8 max_num_pmkids;
2964
2965 u32 available_antennas_tx;
2966 u32 available_antennas_rx;
2967
2968 /*
2969 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
2970 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
2971 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
2972 */
2973 u32 probe_resp_offload;
2974
2975 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
2976 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
2977
2978 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
2979 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
2980 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
2981 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
2982 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
2983 const void *privid;
2984
2985 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
2986
2987 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
2988 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2989 struct regulatory_request *request);
2990
2991 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
2992
2993 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
2994
2995 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
2996 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
2997 struct device dev;
2998
2999 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
3000 bool registered;
3001
3002 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
3003 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
3004
3005 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
3006 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
3007
3008#ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
3009 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
3010 struct net *_net;
3011#endif
3012
3013#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
3014 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
3015#endif
3016
3017 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
3018
3019 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
3020 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
3021 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
3022
3023 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
3024
3025 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
3026};
3027
3028static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3029{
3030 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
3031}
3032
3033static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
3034{
3035 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
3036}
3037
3038/**
3039 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
3040 *
3041 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
3042 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
3043 */
3044static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3045{
3046 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
3047 return &wiphy->priv;
3048}
3049
3050/**
3051 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
3052 *
3053 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
3054 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
3055 */
3056static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
3057{
3058 BUG_ON(!priv);
3059 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
3060}
3061
3062/**
3063 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
3064 *
3065 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
3066 * @dev: The device to parent it to
3067 */
3068static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
3069{
3070 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
3071}
3072
3073/**
3074 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
3075 *
3076 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
3077 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
3078 */
3079static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3080{
3081 return wiphy->dev.parent;
3082}
3083
3084/**
3085 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
3086 *
3087 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
3088 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
3089 */
3090static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
3091{
3092 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
3093}
3094
3095/**
3096 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
3097 *
3098 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
3099 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
3100 *
3101 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
3102 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
3103 *
3104 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
3105 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
3106 */
3107struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv);
3108
3109/**
3110 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
3111 *
3112 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
3113 *
3114 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
3115 */
3116int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3117
3118/**
3119 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
3120 *
3121 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
3122 *
3123 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
3124 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
3125 * request that is being handled.
3126 */
3127void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3128
3129/**
3130 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
3131 *
3132 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
3133 */
3134void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3135
3136/* internal structs */
3137struct cfg80211_conn;
3138struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
3139struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
3140
3141/**
3142 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
3143 *
3144 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
3145 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
3146 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
3147 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
3148 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
3149 *
3150 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
3151 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
3152 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
3153 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
3154 *
3155 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
3156 * @iftype: interface type
3157 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
3158 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
3159 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
3160 * wireless device if it has no netdev
3161 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3162 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
3163 * the user-set channel definition.
3164 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
3165 * track the channel to be used for AP later
3166 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3167 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3168 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3169 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3170 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3171 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
3172 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
3173 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
3174 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
3175 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
3176 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
3177 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
3178 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
3179 * and some API functions require it held
3180 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
3181 * beacons, 0 when not valid
3182 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
3183 * @p2p_started: true if this is a P2P Device that has been started
3184 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
3185 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
3186 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
3187 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
3188 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
3189 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
3190 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
3191 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
3192 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
3193 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
3194 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
3195 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
3196 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
3197 */
3198struct wireless_dev {
3199 struct wiphy *wiphy;
3200 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
3201
3202 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
3203 struct list_head list;
3204 struct net_device *netdev;
3205
3206 u32 identifier;
3207
3208 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
3209 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
3210
3211 struct mutex mtx;
3212
3213 bool use_4addr, p2p_started;
3214
3215 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
3216
3217 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
3218 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
3219 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
3220 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
3221 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
3222
3223 struct list_head event_list;
3224 spinlock_t event_lock;
3225
3226 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
3227 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
3228 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3229
3230 bool ibss_fixed;
3231 bool ibss_dfs_possible;
3232
3233 bool ps;
3234 int ps_timeout;
3235
3236 int beacon_interval;
3237
3238 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
3239
3240 bool cac_started;
3241 unsigned long cac_start_time;
3242 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
3243
3244#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
3245 /* wext data */
3246 struct {
3247 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
3248 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
3249 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
3250 u8 *ie;
3251 size_t ie_len;
3252 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
3253 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
3254 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
3255 bool prev_bssid_valid;
3256 } wext;
3257#endif
3258};
3259
3260static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
3261{
3262 if (wdev->netdev)
3263 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
3264 return wdev->address;
3265}
3266
3267/**
3268 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
3269 *
3270 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
3271 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
3272 */
3273static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
3274{
3275 BUG_ON(!wdev);
3276 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
3277}
3278
3279/**
3280 * DOC: Utility functions
3281 *
3282 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
3283 */
3284
3285/**
3286 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
3287 * @chan: channel number
3288 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
3289 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
3290 */
3291int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum ieee80211_band band);
3292
3293/**
3294 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
3295 * @freq: center frequency
3296 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
3297 */
3298int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
3299
3300/*
3301 * Name indirection necessary because the ieee80211 code also has
3302 * a function named "ieee80211_get_channel", so if you include
3303 * cfg80211's header file you get cfg80211's version, if you try
3304 * to include both header files you'll (rightfully!) get a symbol
3305 * clash.
3306 */
3307struct ieee80211_channel *__ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3308 int freq);
3309/**
3310 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
3311 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
3312 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
3313 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
3314 */
3315static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
3316ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
3317{
3318 return __ieee80211_get_channel(wiphy, freq);
3319}
3320
3321/**
3322 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
3323 *
3324 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
3325 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
3326 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
3327 *
3328 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
3329 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
3330 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
3331 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
3332 */
3333struct ieee80211_rate *
3334ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3335 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
3336
3337/**
3338 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
3339 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
3340 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
3341 *
3342 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
3343 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
3344 */
3345u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3346 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
3347
3348/*
3349 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
3350 *
3351 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
3352 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
3353 */
3354
3355struct radiotap_align_size {
3356 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
3357};
3358
3359struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
3360 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
3361 int n_bits;
3362 uint32_t oui;
3363 uint8_t subns;
3364};
3365
3366struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
3367 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
3368 int n_ns;
3369};
3370
3371/**
3372 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
3373 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
3374 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
3375 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
3376 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
3377 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
3378 * the beginning of the actual data portion
3379 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
3380 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
3381 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
3382 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
3383 * radiotap namespace or not
3384 *
3385 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
3386 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
3387 * @_arg_index: next argument index
3388 * @_arg: next argument pointer
3389 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
3390 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
3391 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
3392 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
3393 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
3394 * next bitmap word
3395 *
3396 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
3397 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
3398 */
3399
3400struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
3401 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
3402 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
3403 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
3404
3405 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
3406 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
3407
3408 unsigned char *this_arg;
3409 int this_arg_index;
3410 int this_arg_size;
3411
3412 int is_radiotap_ns;
3413
3414 int _max_length;
3415 int _arg_index;
3416 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
3417 int _reset_on_ext;
3418};
3419
3420int
3421ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
3422 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
3423 int max_length,
3424 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
3425
3426int
3427ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
3428
3429
3430extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
3431extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
3432
3433/**
3434 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
3435 *
3436 * @skb: the frame
3437 *
3438 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
3439 * returns the 802.11 header length.
3440 *
3441 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
3442 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
3443 * 802.11 header.
3444 */
3445unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
3446
3447/**
3448 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
3449 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
3450 * Return: The header length in bytes.
3451 */
3452unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
3453
3454/**
3455 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
3456 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
3457 * (first byte) will be accessed
3458 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
3459 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
3460 */
3461unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
3462
3463/**
3464 * DOC: Data path helpers
3465 *
3466 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
3467 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
3468 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
3469 */
3470
3471/**
3472 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
3473 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
3474 * @addr: the device MAC address
3475 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
3476 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
3477 */
3478int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
3479 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
3480
3481/**
3482 * ieee80211_data_from_8023 - convert an 802.3 frame to 802.11
3483 * @skb: the 802.3 frame
3484 * @addr: the device MAC address
3485 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
3486 * @bssid: the network bssid (used only for iftype STATION and ADHOC)
3487 * @qos: build 802.11 QoS data frame
3488 * Return: 0 on success, or a negative error code.
3489 */
3490int ieee80211_data_from_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
3491 enum nl80211_iftype iftype, u8 *bssid, bool qos);
3492
3493/**
3494 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
3495 *
3496 * Decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame and convert it to a list of
3497 * 802.3 frames. The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The
3498 * @skb is consumed after the function returns.
3499 *
3500 * @skb: The input IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame.
3501 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
3502 * initialized by by the caller.
3503 * @addr: The device MAC address.
3504 * @iftype: The device interface type.
3505 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
3506 * @has_80211_header: Set it true if SKB is with IEEE 802.11 header.
3507 */
3508void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
3509 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
3510 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
3511 bool has_80211_header);
3512
3513/**
3514 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
3515 * @skb: the data frame
3516 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
3517 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
3518 */
3519unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
3520 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3521
3522/**
3523 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
3524 *
3525 * @eid: element ID
3526 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
3527 * @len: length of data
3528 *
3529 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
3530 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
3531 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
3532 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
3533 *
3534 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
3535 * having to fit into the given data.
3536 */
3537const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len);
3538
3539/**
3540 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
3541 *
3542 * @oui: vendor OUI
3543 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type
3544 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
3545 * @len: length of data
3546 *
3547 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
3548 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
3549 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
3550 * element ID.
3551 *
3552 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
3553 * the given data.
3554 */
3555const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, u8 oui_type,
3556 const u8 *ies, int len);
3557
3558/**
3559 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
3560 *
3561 * TODO
3562 */
3563
3564/**
3565 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
3566 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
3567 * conflicts)
3568 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
3569 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
3570 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
3571 * alpha2.
3572 *
3573 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
3574 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
3575 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
3576 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
3577 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
3578 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
3579 *
3580 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
3581 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
3582 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
3583 *
3584 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
3585 * an -ENOMEM.
3586 *
3587 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
3588 */
3589int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
3590
3591/**
3592 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
3593 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
3594 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
3595 *
3596 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
3597 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
3598 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
3599 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
3600 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
3601 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
3602 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
3603 * WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
3604 * that called this helper.
3605 */
3606void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3607 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
3608
3609/**
3610 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
3611 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
3612 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
3613 *
3614 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
3615 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
3616 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
3617 * and processed already.
3618 *
3619 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
3620 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
3621 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
3622 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
3623 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
3624 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
3625 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
3626 */
3627const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3628 u32 center_freq);
3629
3630/**
3631 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
3632 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
3633 *
3634 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
3635 * proper string representation.
3636 */
3637const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
3638
3639/*
3640 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
3641 * functions and BSS handling helpers
3642 */
3643
3644/**
3645 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
3646 *
3647 * @request: the corresponding scan request
3648 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
3649 * userspace will be notified of that
3650 */
3651void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, bool aborted);
3652
3653/**
3654 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
3655 *
3656 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
3657 */
3658void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3659
3660/**
3661 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
3662 *
3663 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
3664 *
3665 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
3666 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
3667 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
3668 */
3669void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3670
3671/**
3672 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
3673 *
3674 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
3675 *
3676 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
3677 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
3678 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
3679 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
3680 */
3681void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3682
3683/**
3684 * cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
3685 *
3686 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
3687 * @rx_channel: The channel the frame was received on
3688 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
3689 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
3690 * @len: length of the management frame
3691 * @signal: the signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type
3692 * @gfp: context flags
3693 *
3694 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
3695 * the BSS should be updated/added.
3696 *
3697 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
3698 * Or %NULL on error.
3699 */
3700struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
3701cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3702 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
3703 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
3704 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
3705 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp);
3706
3707static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
3708cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3709 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
3710 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
3711 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
3712{
3713 return cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(wiphy, rx_channel,
3714 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3715 mgmt, len, signal, gfp);
3716}
3717
3718/**
3719 * cfg80211_inform_bss - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
3720 *
3721 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
3722 * @rx_channel: The channel the frame was received on
3723 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
3724 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
3725 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
3726 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
3727 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
3728 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
3729 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
3730 * @signal: the signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type
3731 * @gfp: context flags
3732 *
3733 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
3734 * the BSS should be updated/added.
3735 *
3736 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
3737 * Or %NULL on error.
3738 */
3739struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
3740cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3741 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
3742 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
3743 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
3744 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
3745 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp);
3746
3747static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
3748cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3749 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
3750 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
3751 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
3752 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
3753{
3754 return cfg80211_inform_bss_width(wiphy, rx_channel,
3755 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3756 bssid, tsf, capability,
3757 beacon_interval, ie, ielen, signal,
3758 gfp);
3759}
3760
3761struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3762 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
3763 const u8 *bssid,
3764 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
3765 u16 capa_mask, u16 capa_val);
3766static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
3767cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3768 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
3769 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
3770{
3771 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
3772 WLAN_CAPABILITY_IBSS, WLAN_CAPABILITY_IBSS);
3773}
3774
3775/**
3776 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
3777 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
3778 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
3779 *
3780 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
3781 */
3782void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
3783
3784/**
3785 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
3786 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
3787 * @bss: the BSS struct
3788 *
3789 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
3790 */
3791void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
3792
3793/**
3794 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
3795 * @wiphy: the wiphy
3796 * @bss: the bss to remove
3797 *
3798 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
3799 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
3800 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
3801 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
3802 */
3803void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
3804
3805static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
3806cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
3807{
3808 switch (chandef->width) {
3809 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
3810 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
3811 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
3812 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
3813 default:
3814 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
3815 }
3816}
3817
3818/**
3819 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
3820 * @dev: network device
3821 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
3822 * @len: length of the frame data
3823 *
3824 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
3825 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
3826 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
3827 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
3828 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
3829 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
3830 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
3831 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
3832 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
3833 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
3834 *
3835 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
3836 */
3837void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3838
3839/**
3840 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
3841 * @dev: network device
3842 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
3843 *
3844 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
3845 * mutex.
3846 */
3847void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
3848
3849/**
3850 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
3851 * @dev: network device
3852 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
3853 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
3854 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
3855 * @len: length of the frame data
3856 *
3857 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
3858 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
3859 *
3860 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
3861 */
3862void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
3863 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
3864 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3865
3866/**
3867 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
3868 * @dev: network device
3869 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
3870 *
3871 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
3872 */
3873void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
3874
3875/**
3876 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
3877 * @dev: network device
3878 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
3879 * @len: length of the frame data
3880 *
3881 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
3882 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
3883 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
3884 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
3885 */
3886void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3887
3888/**
3889 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
3890 * @dev: network device
3891 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
3892 * @len: length of the frame data
3893 *
3894 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
3895 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
3896 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
3897 */
3898void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
3899 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3900
3901/**
3902 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
3903 * @dev: network device
3904 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
3905 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
3906 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
3907 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
3908 * @gfp: allocation flags
3909 *
3910 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
3911 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
3912 * primitive.
3913 */
3914void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
3915 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
3916 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
3917
3918/**
3919 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
3920 *
3921 * @dev: network device
3922 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
3923 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
3924 * @gfp: allocation flags
3925 *
3926 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
3927 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
3928 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
3929 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
3930 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
3931 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
3932 */
3933void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
3934 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
3935
3936/**
3937 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
3938 *
3939 * @dev: network device
3940 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
3941 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
3942 * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer
3943 * @gfp: allocation flags
3944 *
3945 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
3946 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
3947 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
3948 */
3949void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
3950 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
3951
3952/**
3953 * DOC: RFkill integration
3954 *
3955 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
3956 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
3957 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
3958 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
3959 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
3960 *
3961 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
3962 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
3963 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
3964 */
3965
3966/**
3967 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
3968 * @wiphy: the wiphy
3969 * @blocked: block status
3970 */
3971void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
3972
3973/**
3974 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
3975 * @wiphy: the wiphy
3976 */
3977void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3978
3979/**
3980 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
3981 * @wiphy: the wiphy
3982 */
3983void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3984
3985/**
3986 * DOC: Vendor commands
3987 *
3988 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
3989 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
3990 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
3991 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
3992 * the configuration mechanism.
3993 *
3994 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
3995 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
3996 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
3997 *
3998 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
3999 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
4000 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
4001 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
4002 * managers etc. need.
4003 */
4004
4005struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4006 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
4007 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
4008 int approxlen);
4009
4010struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4011 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
4012 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
4013 int vendor_event_idx,
4014 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
4015
4016void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
4017
4018/**
4019 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
4020 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4021 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
4022 * be put into the skb
4023 *
4024 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
4025 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
4026 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
4027 *
4028 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
4029 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
4030 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
4031 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
4032 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
4033 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
4034 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
4035 *
4036 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
4037 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
4038 *
4039 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
4040 */
4041static inline struct sk_buff *
4042cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
4043{
4044 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
4045 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
4046}
4047
4048/**
4049 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
4050 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
4051 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
4052 *
4053 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
4054 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
4055 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
4056 * skb regardless of the return value.
4057 *
4058 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
4059 */
4060int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
4061
4062/**
4063 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
4064 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4065 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
4066 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
4067 * be put into the skb
4068 * @gfp: allocation flags
4069 *
4070 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
4071 * vendor-specific multicast group.
4072 *
4073 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
4074 * skb to send the event.
4075 *
4076 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
4077 */
4078static inline struct sk_buff *
4079cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen,
4080 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
4081{
4082 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
4083 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
4084 event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
4085}
4086
4087/**
4088 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
4089 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
4090 * @gfp: allocation flags
4091 *
4092 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
4093 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
4094 */
4095static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
4096{
4097 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
4098}
4099
4100#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
4101/**
4102 * DOC: Test mode
4103 *
4104 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
4105 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
4106 * factory programming.
4107 *
4108 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
4109 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
4110 */
4111
4112/**
4113 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
4114 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4115 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
4116 * be put into the skb
4117 *
4118 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
4119 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
4120 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
4121 *
4122 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
4123 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
4124 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
4125 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
4126 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
4127 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
4128 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
4129 *
4130 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
4131 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
4132 *
4133 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
4134 */
4135static inline struct sk_buff *
4136cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
4137{
4138 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
4139 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
4140}
4141
4142/**
4143 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
4144 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
4145 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
4146 *
4147 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
4148 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
4149 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
4150 * regardless of the return value.
4151 *
4152 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
4153 */
4154static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
4155{
4156 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
4157}
4158
4159/**
4160 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
4161 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4162 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
4163 * be put into the skb
4164 * @gfp: allocation flags
4165 *
4166 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
4167 * testmode multicast group.
4168 *
4169 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
4170 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
4171 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
4172 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
4173 * in any other way.
4174 *
4175 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
4176 * skb to send the event.
4177 *
4178 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
4179 */
4180static inline struct sk_buff *
4181cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
4182{
4183 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
4184 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, -1,
4185 approxlen, gfp);
4186}
4187
4188/**
4189 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
4190 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
4191 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
4192 * @gfp: allocation flags
4193 *
4194 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
4195 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
4196 * consumes it.
4197 */
4198static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
4199{
4200 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
4201}
4202
4203#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
4204#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
4205#else
4206#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
4207#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
4208#endif
4209
4210/**
4211 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
4212 *
4213 * @dev: network device
4214 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
4215 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
4216 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
4217 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
4218 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
4219 * @status: status code, 0 for successful connection, use
4220 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
4221 * the real status code for failures.
4222 * @gfp: allocation flags
4223 *
4224 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has
4225 * succeeded.
4226 */
4227void cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
4228 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
4229 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
4230 u16 status, gfp_t gfp);
4231
4232/**
4233 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
4234 *
4235 * @dev: network device
4236 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
4237 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP
4238 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
4239 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
4240 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
4241 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
4242 * @gfp: allocation flags
4243 *
4244 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed
4245 * from one AP to another while connected.
4246 */
4247void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev,
4248 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4249 const u8 *bssid,
4250 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
4251 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
4252
4253/**
4254 * cfg80211_roamed_bss - notify cfg80211 of roaming
4255 *
4256 * @dev: network device
4257 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed
4258 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
4259 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
4260 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
4261 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
4262 * @gfp: allocation flags
4263 *
4264 * This is just a wrapper to notify cfg80211 of roaming event with driver
4265 * passing bss to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. It should be
4266 * called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP to another
4267 * while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in firmware
4268 * may use this function to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where the bss
4269 * entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the time
4270 * it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
4271 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
4272 * either in cfg80211_roamed_bss() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise,
4273 * it will be released while diconneting from the current bss.
4274 */
4275void cfg80211_roamed_bss(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
4276 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
4277 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
4278
4279/**
4280 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
4281 *
4282 * @dev: network device
4283 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
4284 * @ie_len: length of IEs
4285 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
4286 * @gfp: allocation flags
4287 *
4288 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
4289 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
4290 */
4291void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
4292 u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
4293
4294/**
4295 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
4296 * @wdev: wireless device
4297 * @cookie: the request cookie
4298 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
4299 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
4300 * channel
4301 * @gfp: allocation flags
4302 */
4303void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
4304 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
4305 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
4306
4307/**
4308 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
4309 * @wdev: wireless device
4310 * @cookie: the request cookie
4311 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
4312 * @gfp: allocation flags
4313 */
4314void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
4315 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
4316 gfp_t gfp);
4317
4318
4319/**
4320 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
4321 *
4322 * @dev: the netdev
4323 * @mac_addr: the station's address
4324 * @sinfo: the station information
4325 * @gfp: allocation flags
4326 */
4327void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
4328 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
4329
4330/**
4331 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
4332 *
4333 * @dev: the netdev
4334 * @mac_addr: the station's address
4335 * @gfp: allocation flags
4336 */
4337void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp);
4338
4339/**
4340 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
4341 *
4342 * @dev: the netdev
4343 * @mac_addr: the station's address
4344 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
4345 * @gfp: allocation flags
4346 *
4347 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
4348 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
4349 * for some reasons, this function is called.
4350 *
4351 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
4352 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
4353 */
4354void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
4355 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
4356 gfp_t gfp);
4357
4358/**
4359 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
4360 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
4361 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
4362 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in mBm, or 0 if unknown
4363 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
4364 * @len: length of the frame data
4365 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
4366 * @gfp: context flags
4367 *
4368 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
4369 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
4370 *
4371 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
4372 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
4373 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
4374 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
4375 */
4376bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
4377 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags, gfp_t gfp);
4378
4379/**
4380 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
4381 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
4382 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
4383 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
4384 * @len: length of the frame data
4385 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
4386 * @gfp: context flags
4387 *
4388 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
4389 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
4390 * transmission attempt.
4391 */
4392void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
4393 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
4394
4395
4396/**
4397 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
4398 * @dev: network device
4399 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
4400 * @gfp: context flags
4401 *
4402 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
4403 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
4404 */
4405void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
4406 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
4407 gfp_t gfp);
4408
4409/**
4410 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
4411 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4412 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
4413 * @gfp: context flags
4414 *
4415 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
4416 */
4417void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4418 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
4419
4420/**
4421 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
4422 * @netdev: network device
4423 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
4424 * @event: type of event
4425 * @gfp: context flags
4426 *
4427 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
4428 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
4429 * also by full-MAC drivers.
4430 */
4431void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
4432 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4433 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
4434
4435
4436/**
4437 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
4438 * @dev: network device
4439 * @peer: peer's MAC address
4440 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
4441 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
4442 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
4443 * @gfp: context flags
4444 */
4445void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
4446 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
4447
4448/**
4449 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
4450 * @dev: network device
4451 * @peer: peer's MAC address
4452 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
4453 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
4454 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
4455 * @gfp: context flags
4456 *
4457 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
4458 * given interval is exceeded.
4459 */
4460void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
4461 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
4462
4463/**
4464 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
4465 * @dev: network device
4466 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
4467 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
4468 * @gfp: allocation flags
4469 */
4470void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
4471 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
4472
4473/**
4474 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
4475 * @dev: network device
4476 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
4477 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
4478 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
4479 * @gfp: allocation flags
4480 */
4481void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
4482 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
4483
4484/**
4485 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
4486 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
4487 * @addr: the transmitter address
4488 * @gfp: context flags
4489 *
4490 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
4491 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
4492 * sender.
4493 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
4494 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
4495 */
4496bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
4497 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
4498
4499/**
4500 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
4501 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
4502 * @addr: the transmitter address
4503 * @gfp: context flags
4504 *
4505 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
4506 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
4507 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
4508 * station to avoid event flooding.
4509 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
4510 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
4511 */
4512bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
4513 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
4514
4515/**
4516 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
4517 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
4518 * @addr: the address of the peer
4519 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
4520 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
4521 * @gfp: allocation flags
4522 */
4523void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
4524 u64 cookie, bool acked, gfp_t gfp);
4525
4526/**
4527 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
4528 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
4529 * @frame: the frame
4530 * @len: length of the frame
4531 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
4532 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in mBm, or 0 if unknown
4533 *
4534 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
4535 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
4536 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
4537 */
4538void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4539 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
4540 int freq, int sig_dbm);
4541
4542/**
4543 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
4544 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4545 * @chandef: the channel definition
4546 *
4547 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
4548 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
4549 */
4550bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4551 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4552
4553/*
4554 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
4555 * @dev: the device which switched channels
4556 * @chandef: the new channel definition
4557 *
4558 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
4559 * driver context!
4560 */
4561void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
4562 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4563
4564/**
4565 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
4566 *
4567 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
4568 * @band: band pointer to fill
4569 *
4570 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
4571 */
4572bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
4573 enum ieee80211_band *band);
4574
4575/*
4576 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
4577 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
4578 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
4579 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
4580 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
4581 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
4582 * @gfp: allocation flags
4583 *
4584 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
4585 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
4586 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
4587 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
4588 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
4589 */
4590void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
4591 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
4592 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
4593
4594/*
4595 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
4596 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
4597 *
4598 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
4599 */
4600u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
4601
4602/**
4603 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
4604 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
4605 *
4606 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
4607 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
4608 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
4609 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
4610 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
4611 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
4612 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
4613 *
4614 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
4615 */
4616void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4617
4618/**
4619 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
4620 * @ies: FT IEs
4621 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
4622 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
4623 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
4624 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
4625 */
4626struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
4627 const u8 *ies;
4628 size_t ies_len;
4629 const u8 *target_ap;
4630 const u8 *ric_ies;
4631 size_t ric_ies_len;
4632};
4633
4634/**
4635 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
4636 * @netdev: network device
4637 * @ft_event: IE information
4638 */
4639void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
4640 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
4641
4642/**
4643 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
4644 * @ies: the input IE buffer
4645 * @len: the input length
4646 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
4647 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
4648 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
4649 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
4650 *
4651 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
4652 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
4653 *
4654 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
4655 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
4656 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
4657 */
4658int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
4659 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
4660 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
4661
4662/**
4663 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
4664 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
4665 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
4666 * @gfp: allocation flags
4667 *
4668 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
4669 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
4670 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
4671 * else caused the wakeup.
4672 */
4673void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4674 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
4675 gfp_t gfp);
4676
4677/**
4678 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
4679 *
4680 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
4681 * @gfp: allocation flags
4682 *
4683 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
4684 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
4685 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
4686 */
4687void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
4688
4689/**
4690 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
4691 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4692 *
4693 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
4694 */
4695unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4696
4697/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
4698
4699/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
4700
4701#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
4702 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4703#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
4704 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4705#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
4706 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4707#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
4708 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4709#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
4710 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4711#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
4712 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4713#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
4714 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4715#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
4716 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4717
4718#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
4719 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
4720
4721#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
4722 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
4723
4724#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
4725#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
4726#else
4727#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
4728({ \
4729 if (0) \
4730 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
4731 0; \
4732})
4733#endif
4734
4735/*
4736 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
4737 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
4738 * file/line information and a backtrace.
4739 */
4740#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
4741 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
4742
4743#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
1#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
2#define __NET_CFG80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 *
8 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
10 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
11 */
12
13#include <linux/netdevice.h>
14#include <linux/debugfs.h>
15#include <linux/list.h>
16#include <linux/bug.h>
17#include <linux/netlink.h>
18#include <linux/skbuff.h>
19#include <linux/nl80211.h>
20#include <linux/if_ether.h>
21#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22#include <net/regulatory.h>
23
24/**
25 * DOC: Introduction
26 *
27 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
28 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
29 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
30 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
31 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
32 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
33 *
34 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
35 * use restrictions.
36 */
37
38
39/**
40 * DOC: Device registration
41 *
42 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
43 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
44 * described below.
45 *
46 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
47 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
48 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
49 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
50 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
51 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
52 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
53 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
54 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
55 *
56 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
57 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
58 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
59 */
60
61/*
62 * wireless hardware capability structures
63 */
64
65/**
66 * enum ieee80211_band - supported frequency bands
67 *
68 * The bands are assigned this way because the supported
69 * bitrates differ in these bands.
70 *
71 * @IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz ISM band
72 * @IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5GHz band (4.9-5.7)
73 * @IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS: number of defined bands
74 */
75enum ieee80211_band {
76 IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ = NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
77 IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ = NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
78
79 /* keep last */
80 IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS
81};
82
83/**
84 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
85 *
86 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
87 *
88 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
89 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN: Only passive scanning is permitted
90 * on this channel.
91 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS: IBSS is not allowed on this channel.
92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
94 * is not permitted.
95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
96 * is not permitted.
97 */
98enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
99 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
100 IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN = 1<<1,
101 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS = 1<<2,
102 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
103 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
104 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
105};
106
107#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
108 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
109
110/**
111 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
112 *
113 * This structure describes a single channel for use
114 * with cfg80211.
115 *
116 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
117 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
118 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
119 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
120 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
121 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
122 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
123 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
124 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
125 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
126 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
127 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
128 * @orig_mag: internal use
129 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
130 */
131struct ieee80211_channel {
132 enum ieee80211_band band;
133 u16 center_freq;
134 u16 hw_value;
135 u32 flags;
136 int max_antenna_gain;
137 int max_power;
138 int max_reg_power;
139 bool beacon_found;
140 u32 orig_flags;
141 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
142};
143
144/**
145 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
146 *
147 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
148 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
149 * different bands/PHY modes.
150 *
151 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
152 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
153 * with CCK rates.
154 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
155 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
156 * core code when registering the wiphy.
157 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
158 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
159 * core code when registering the wiphy.
160 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
161 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
162 * core code when registering the wiphy.
163 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
164 */
165enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
166 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
167 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
168 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
169 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
170 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
171};
172
173/**
174 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
175 *
176 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
177 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
178 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
179 * passed around.
180 *
181 * @flags: rate-specific flags
182 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
183 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
184 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
185 * short preamble is used
186 */
187struct ieee80211_rate {
188 u32 flags;
189 u16 bitrate;
190 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
191};
192
193/**
194 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
195 *
196 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
197 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
198 *
199 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
200 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
201 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
202 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
203 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
204 */
205struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
206 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
207 bool ht_supported;
208 u8 ampdu_factor;
209 u8 ampdu_density;
210 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
211};
212
213/**
214 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
215 *
216 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
217 * is able to operate in.
218 *
219 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
220 * in this band.
221 * @band: the band this structure represents
222 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
223 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
224 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
225 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
226 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
227 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
228 */
229struct ieee80211_supported_band {
230 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
231 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
232 enum ieee80211_band band;
233 int n_channels;
234 int n_bitrates;
235 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
236};
237
238/*
239 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
240 */
241
242/**
243 * DOC: Actions and configuration
244 *
245 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
246 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
247 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
248 * operations use are described separately.
249 *
250 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
251 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
252 *
253 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
254 * in a separate chapter.
255 */
256
257/**
258 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
259 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
260 */
261struct vif_params {
262 int use_4addr;
263};
264
265/**
266 * struct key_params - key information
267 *
268 * Information about a key
269 *
270 * @key: key material
271 * @key_len: length of key material
272 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
273 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
274 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
275 * length given by @seq_len.
276 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
277 */
278struct key_params {
279 u8 *key;
280 u8 *seq;
281 int key_len;
282 int seq_len;
283 u32 cipher;
284};
285
286/**
287 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
288 *
289 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
290 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
291 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME: channel active time (in ms) was filled in
292 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY: channel busy time was filled in
293 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
294 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX: channel receive time was filled in
295 * @SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX: channel transmit time was filled in
296 *
297 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
298 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
299 */
300enum survey_info_flags {
301 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = 1<<0,
302 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = 1<<1,
303 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<2,
304 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY = 1<<3,
305 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY = 1<<4,
306 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX = 1<<5,
307 SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX = 1<<6,
308};
309
310/**
311 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
312 *
313 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, mandatory
314 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
315 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
316 * optional
317 * @channel_time: amount of time in ms the radio spent on the channel
318 * @channel_time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
319 * @channel_time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
320 * @channel_time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
321 * @channel_time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
322 *
323 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
324 *
325 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
326 * channel duty cycle etc.
327 */
328struct survey_info {
329 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
330 u64 channel_time;
331 u64 channel_time_busy;
332 u64 channel_time_ext_busy;
333 u64 channel_time_rx;
334 u64 channel_time_tx;
335 u32 filled;
336 s8 noise;
337};
338
339/**
340 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
341 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
342 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
343 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
344 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
345 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
346 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
347 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
348 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
349 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
350 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
351 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
352 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
353 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
354 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
355 * protocol frames.
356 */
357struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
358 u32 wpa_versions;
359 u32 cipher_group;
360 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
361 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
362 int n_akm_suites;
363 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
364 bool control_port;
365 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
366 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
367};
368
369/**
370 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
371 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
372 * or %NULL if not changed
373 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
374 * or %NULL if not changed
375 * @head_len: length of @head
376 * @tail_len: length of @tail
377 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
378 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
379 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
380 * frames or %NULL
381 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
382 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
383 * Response frames or %NULL
384 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
385 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
386 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
387 */
388struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
389 const u8 *head, *tail;
390 const u8 *beacon_ies;
391 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
392 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
393 const u8 *probe_resp;
394
395 size_t head_len, tail_len;
396 size_t beacon_ies_len;
397 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
398 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
399 size_t probe_resp_len;
400};
401
402/**
403 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
404 *
405 * Used to configure an AP interface.
406 *
407 * @beacon: beacon data
408 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
409 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
410 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
411 * user space)
412 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
413 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
414 * @crypto: crypto settings
415 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
416 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
417 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
418 */
419struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
420 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
421
422 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
423 const u8 *ssid;
424 size_t ssid_len;
425 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
426 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
427 bool privacy;
428 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
429 int inactivity_timeout;
430};
431
432/**
433 * enum plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
434 *
435 * @PLINK_ACTION_INVALID: action 0 is reserved
436 * @PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
437 * @PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
438 */
439enum plink_actions {
440 PLINK_ACTION_INVALID,
441 PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
442 PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
443};
444
445/**
446 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
447 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
448 *
449 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
450 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
451 */
452enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
453 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
454};
455
456/**
457 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
458 *
459 * Used to change and create a new station.
460 *
461 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
462 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
463 * (or NULL for no change)
464 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
465 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
466 * (bitmask of BIT(NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
467 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
468 * (bitmask of BIT(NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
469 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
470 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
471 * @plink_action: plink action to take
472 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
473 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
474 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
475 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
476 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
477 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
478 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
479 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
480 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
481 */
482struct station_parameters {
483 u8 *supported_rates;
484 struct net_device *vlan;
485 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
486 u32 sta_modify_mask;
487 int listen_interval;
488 u16 aid;
489 u8 supported_rates_len;
490 u8 plink_action;
491 u8 plink_state;
492 struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
493 u8 uapsd_queues;
494 u8 max_sp;
495};
496
497/**
498 * enum station_info_flags - station information flags
499 *
500 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct station_info
501 * it has filled in during get_station() or dump_station().
502 *
503 * @STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: @inactive_time filled
504 * @STATION_INFO_RX_BYTES: @rx_bytes filled
505 * @STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES: @tx_bytes filled
506 * @STATION_INFO_LLID: @llid filled
507 * @STATION_INFO_PLID: @plid filled
508 * @STATION_INFO_PLINK_STATE: @plink_state filled
509 * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL: @signal filled
510 * @STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE: @txrate fields are filled
511 * (tx_bitrate, tx_bitrate_flags and tx_bitrate_mcs)
512 * @STATION_INFO_RX_PACKETS: @rx_packets filled
513 * @STATION_INFO_TX_PACKETS: @tx_packets filled
514 * @STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES: @tx_retries filled
515 * @STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED: @tx_failed filled
516 * @STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: @rx_dropped_misc filled
517 * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: @signal_avg filled
518 * @STATION_INFO_RX_BITRATE: @rxrate fields are filled
519 * @STATION_INFO_BSS_PARAM: @bss_param filled
520 * @STATION_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: @connected_time filled
521 * @STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES: @assoc_req_ies filled
522 * @STATION_INFO_STA_FLAGS: @sta_flags filled
523 * @STATION_INFO_BEACON_LOSS_COUNT: @beacon_loss_count filled
524 * @STATION_INFO_T_OFFSET: @t_offset filled
525 */
526enum station_info_flags {
527 STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME = 1<<0,
528 STATION_INFO_RX_BYTES = 1<<1,
529 STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES = 1<<2,
530 STATION_INFO_LLID = 1<<3,
531 STATION_INFO_PLID = 1<<4,
532 STATION_INFO_PLINK_STATE = 1<<5,
533 STATION_INFO_SIGNAL = 1<<6,
534 STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE = 1<<7,
535 STATION_INFO_RX_PACKETS = 1<<8,
536 STATION_INFO_TX_PACKETS = 1<<9,
537 STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES = 1<<10,
538 STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED = 1<<11,
539 STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC = 1<<12,
540 STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<13,
541 STATION_INFO_RX_BITRATE = 1<<14,
542 STATION_INFO_BSS_PARAM = 1<<15,
543 STATION_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME = 1<<16,
544 STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES = 1<<17,
545 STATION_INFO_STA_FLAGS = 1<<18,
546 STATION_INFO_BEACON_LOSS_COUNT = 1<<19,
547 STATION_INFO_T_OFFSET = 1<<20,
548};
549
550/**
551 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
552 *
553 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
554 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
555 *
556 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: @tx_bitrate_mcs filled
557 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 Mhz width transmission
558 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
559 */
560enum rate_info_flags {
561 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = 1<<0,
562 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_40_MHZ_WIDTH = 1<<1,
563 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = 1<<2,
564};
565
566/**
567 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
568 *
569 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
570 *
571 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
572 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes a 802.11n bitrate
573 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
574 */
575struct rate_info {
576 u8 flags;
577 u8 mcs;
578 u16 legacy;
579};
580
581/**
582 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
583 *
584 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
585 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
586 *
587 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
588 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
589 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
590 */
591enum bss_param_flags {
592 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
593 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
594 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
595};
596
597/**
598 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
599 *
600 * Information about the currently associated BSS
601 *
602 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
603 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
604 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
605 */
606struct sta_bss_parameters {
607 u8 flags;
608 u8 dtim_period;
609 u16 beacon_interval;
610};
611
612/**
613 * struct station_info - station information
614 *
615 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
616 *
617 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum station_info_flags
618 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
619 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
620 * @rx_bytes: bytes received from this station
621 * @tx_bytes: bytes transmitted to this station
622 * @llid: mesh local link id
623 * @plid: mesh peer link id
624 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
625 * @signal: the signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type
626 NOTE: For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
627 * @signal_avg: avg signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type
628 NOTE: For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
629 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
630 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
631 * @rx_packets: packets received from this station
632 * @tx_packets: packets transmitted to this station
633 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts
634 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (retries exceeded, no ACK)
635 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
636 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
637 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
638 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
639 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
640 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
641 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
642 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
643 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
644 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
645 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
646 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
647 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
648 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
649 */
650struct station_info {
651 u32 filled;
652 u32 connected_time;
653 u32 inactive_time;
654 u32 rx_bytes;
655 u32 tx_bytes;
656 u16 llid;
657 u16 plid;
658 u8 plink_state;
659 s8 signal;
660 s8 signal_avg;
661 struct rate_info txrate;
662 struct rate_info rxrate;
663 u32 rx_packets;
664 u32 tx_packets;
665 u32 tx_retries;
666 u32 tx_failed;
667 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
668 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
669 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
670
671 int generation;
672
673 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
674 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
675
676 u32 beacon_loss_count;
677 s64 t_offset;
678
679 /*
680 * Note: Add a new enum station_info_flags value for each new field and
681 * use it to check which fields are initialized.
682 */
683};
684
685/**
686 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
687 *
688 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
689 * according to the nl80211 flags.
690 *
691 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
692 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
693 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
694 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
695 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
696 */
697enum monitor_flags {
698 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
699 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
700 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
701 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
702 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
703};
704
705/**
706 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
707 *
708 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
709 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
710 *
711 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
712 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
713 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
714 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
715 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
716 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
717 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
718 */
719enum mpath_info_flags {
720 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
721 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
722 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
723 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
724 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
725 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
726 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
727};
728
729/**
730 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
731 *
732 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
733 *
734 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
735 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
736 * @sn: target sequence number
737 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
738 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
739 * @flags: mesh path flags
740 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
741 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
742 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
743 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
744 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
745 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
746 */
747struct mpath_info {
748 u32 filled;
749 u32 frame_qlen;
750 u32 sn;
751 u32 metric;
752 u32 exptime;
753 u32 discovery_timeout;
754 u8 discovery_retries;
755 u8 flags;
756
757 int generation;
758};
759
760/**
761 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
762 *
763 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
764 *
765 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
766 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
767 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
768 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
769 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
770 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
771 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
772 * (or NULL for no change)
773 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
774 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
775 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
776 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
777 */
778struct bss_parameters {
779 int use_cts_prot;
780 int use_short_preamble;
781 int use_short_slot_time;
782 u8 *basic_rates;
783 u8 basic_rates_len;
784 int ap_isolate;
785 int ht_opmode;
786};
787
788/*
789 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
790 *
791 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
792 */
793struct mesh_config {
794 /* Timeouts in ms */
795 /* Mesh plink management parameters */
796 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
797 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
798 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
799 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
800 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
801 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
802 /* ttl used in path selection information elements */
803 u8 element_ttl;
804 bool auto_open_plinks;
805 /* neighbor offset synchronization */
806 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
807 /* HWMP parameters */
808 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
809 u32 path_refresh_time;
810 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
811 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
812 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
813 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
814 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
815 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
816 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
817 /* This is missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol
818 * set to true only means that the station will announce others it's a
819 * mesh gate, but not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol.
820 * Still keeping the same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec. */
821 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
822 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
823 s32 rssi_threshold;
824 u16 ht_opmode;
825};
826
827/**
828 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
829 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
830 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
831 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
832 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
833 * @path_metric: which metric to use
834 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
835 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
836 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
837 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
838 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
839 *
840 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
841 */
842struct mesh_setup {
843 const u8 *mesh_id;
844 u8 mesh_id_len;
845 u8 sync_method;
846 u8 path_sel_proto;
847 u8 path_metric;
848 const u8 *ie;
849 u8 ie_len;
850 bool is_authenticated;
851 bool is_secure;
852 int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
853};
854
855/**
856 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
857 * @ac: AC identifier
858 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
859 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
860 * 1..32767]
861 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
862 * 1..32767]
863 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
864 */
865struct ieee80211_txq_params {
866 enum nl80211_ac ac;
867 u16 txop;
868 u16 cwmin;
869 u16 cwmax;
870 u8 aifs;
871};
872
873/* from net/wireless.h */
874struct wiphy;
875
876/**
877 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
878 *
879 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
880 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
881 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
882 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
883 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
884 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
885 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
886 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
887 * in the wiphy structure.
888 *
889 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
890 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
891 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
892 *
893 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
894 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
895 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
896 * to userspace.
897 */
898
899/**
900 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
901 * @ssid: the SSID
902 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
903 */
904struct cfg80211_ssid {
905 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
906 u8 ssid_len;
907};
908
909/**
910 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
911 *
912 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
913 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
914 * @channels: channels to scan on.
915 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
916 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
917 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
918 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
919 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
920 * @dev: the interface
921 * @aborted: (internal) scan request was notified as aborted
922 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
923 */
924struct cfg80211_scan_request {
925 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
926 int n_ssids;
927 u32 n_channels;
928 const u8 *ie;
929 size_t ie_len;
930
931 u32 rates[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
932
933 /* internal */
934 struct wiphy *wiphy;
935 struct net_device *dev;
936 bool aborted;
937 bool no_cck;
938
939 /* keep last */
940 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
941};
942
943/**
944 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
945 *
946 * @ssid: SSID to be matched
947 */
948struct cfg80211_match_set {
949 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
950};
951
952/**
953 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
954 *
955 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
956 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
957 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
958 * @interval: interval between each scheduled scan cycle
959 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
960 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
961 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
962 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
963 * (others are filtered out).
964 * If ommited, all results are passed.
965 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
966 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
967 * @dev: the interface
968 * @channels: channels to scan
969 */
970struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
971 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
972 int n_ssids;
973 u32 n_channels;
974 u32 interval;
975 const u8 *ie;
976 size_t ie_len;
977 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
978 int n_match_sets;
979
980 /* internal */
981 struct wiphy *wiphy;
982 struct net_device *dev;
983
984 /* keep last */
985 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
986};
987
988/**
989 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
990 *
991 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
992 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
993 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
994 */
995enum cfg80211_signal_type {
996 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
997 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
998 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
999};
1000
1001/**
1002 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
1003 *
1004 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
1005 * for use in scan results and similar.
1006 *
1007 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
1008 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
1009 * @tsf: timestamp of last received update
1010 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
1011 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
1012 * @information_elements: the information elements (Note that there
1013 * is no guarantee that these are well-formed!); this is a pointer to
1014 * either the beacon_ies or proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe
1015 * Response frame has been received
1016 * @len_information_elements: total length of the information elements
1017 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
1018 * @len_beacon_ies: total length of the beacon_ies
1019 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
1020 * @len_proberesp_ies: total length of the proberesp_ies
1021 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
1022 * @free_priv: function pointer to free private data
1023 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
1024 */
1025struct cfg80211_bss {
1026 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1027
1028 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1029 u64 tsf;
1030 u16 beacon_interval;
1031 u16 capability;
1032 u8 *information_elements;
1033 size_t len_information_elements;
1034 u8 *beacon_ies;
1035 size_t len_beacon_ies;
1036 u8 *proberesp_ies;
1037 size_t len_proberesp_ies;
1038
1039 s32 signal;
1040
1041 void (*free_priv)(struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
1042 u8 priv[0] __attribute__((__aligned__(sizeof(void *))));
1043};
1044
1045/**
1046 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
1047 * @bss: the bss to search
1048 * @ie: the IE ID
1049 * Returns %NULL if not found.
1050 */
1051const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie);
1052
1053
1054/**
1055 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
1056 *
1057 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1058 * authentication.
1059 *
1060 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with.
1061 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1062 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
1063 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1064 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1065 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1066 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1067 */
1068struct cfg80211_auth_request {
1069 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1070 const u8 *ie;
1071 size_t ie_len;
1072 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1073 const u8 *key;
1074 u8 key_len, key_idx;
1075};
1076
1077/**
1078 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
1079 *
1080 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
1081 */
1082enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
1083 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
1084};
1085
1086/**
1087 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
1088 *
1089 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1090 * (re)association.
1091 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver
1092 * is given a reference that it must release, normally via a call to
1093 * cfg80211_send_rx_assoc(), or, if association timed out, with a
1094 * call to cfg80211_put_bss() (in addition to calling
1095 * cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout())
1096 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
1097 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1098 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
1099 * @crypto: crypto settings
1100 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame
1101 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1102 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1103 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1104 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1105 */
1106struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
1107 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1108 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
1109 size_t ie_len;
1110 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1111 bool use_mfp;
1112 u32 flags;
1113 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1114 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1115};
1116
1117/**
1118 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
1119 *
1120 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1121 * deauthentication.
1122 *
1123 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
1124 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
1125 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1126 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
1127 */
1128struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
1129 const u8 *bssid;
1130 const u8 *ie;
1131 size_t ie_len;
1132 u16 reason_code;
1133};
1134
1135/**
1136 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
1137 *
1138 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1139 * disassocation.
1140 *
1141 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
1142 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
1143 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1144 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
1145 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
1146 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
1147 */
1148struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
1149 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1150 const u8 *ie;
1151 size_t ie_len;
1152 u16 reason_code;
1153 bool local_state_change;
1154};
1155
1156/**
1157 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
1158 *
1159 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
1160 * method.
1161 *
1162 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
1163 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
1164 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
1165 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
1166 * @channel: The channel to use if no IBSS can be found to join.
1167 * @channel_type: channel type (HT mode)
1168 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
1169 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
1170 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
1171 * @ie_len: length of that
1172 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1173 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
1174 * after joining
1175 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
1176 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
1177 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
1178 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
1179 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
1180 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
1181 */
1182struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
1183 u8 *ssid;
1184 u8 *bssid;
1185 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1186 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type;
1187 u8 *ie;
1188 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
1189 u16 beacon_interval;
1190 u32 basic_rates;
1191 bool channel_fixed;
1192 bool privacy;
1193 bool control_port;
1194 int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1195};
1196
1197/**
1198 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
1199 *
1200 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1201 * authentication and association.
1202 *
1203 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
1204 * on scan results)
1205 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
1206 * results)
1207 * @ssid: SSID
1208 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
1209 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1210 * @ie: IEs for association request
1211 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
1212 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
1213 * @crypto: crypto settings
1214 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1215 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1216 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1217 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1218 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
1219 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
1220 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1221 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1222 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1223 */
1224struct cfg80211_connect_params {
1225 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1226 u8 *bssid;
1227 u8 *ssid;
1228 size_t ssid_len;
1229 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1230 u8 *ie;
1231 size_t ie_len;
1232 bool privacy;
1233 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1234 const u8 *key;
1235 u8 key_len, key_idx;
1236 u32 flags;
1237 int bg_scan_period;
1238 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1239 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1240};
1241
1242/**
1243 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
1244 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
1245 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
1246 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
1247 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
1248 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
1249 */
1250enum wiphy_params_flags {
1251 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
1252 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
1253 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
1254 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
1255 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
1256};
1257
1258/*
1259 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
1260 */
1261struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
1262 struct {
1263 u32 legacy;
1264 u8 mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
1265 } control[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1266};
1267/**
1268 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
1269 *
1270 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
1271 * caching.
1272 *
1273 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID.
1274 * @pmkid: The PMK material itself.
1275 */
1276struct cfg80211_pmksa {
1277 u8 *bssid;
1278 u8 *pmkid;
1279};
1280
1281/**
1282 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
1283 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
1284 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
1285 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
1286 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
1287 *
1288 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
1289 * memory, free @mask only!
1290 */
1291struct cfg80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern {
1292 u8 *mask, *pattern;
1293 int pattern_len;
1294};
1295
1296/**
1297 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
1298 *
1299 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
1300 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
1301 * operating as normal during suspend
1302 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
1303 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
1304 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
1305 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
1306 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
1307 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
1308 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
1309 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
1310 */
1311struct cfg80211_wowlan {
1312 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
1313 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
1314 rfkill_release;
1315 struct cfg80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern *patterns;
1316 int n_patterns;
1317};
1318
1319/**
1320 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
1321 * @kek: key encryption key
1322 * @kck: key confirmation key
1323 * @replay_ctr: replay counter
1324 */
1325struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
1326 u8 kek[NL80211_KEK_LEN];
1327 u8 kck[NL80211_KCK_LEN];
1328 u8 replay_ctr[NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN];
1329};
1330
1331/**
1332 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
1333 *
1334 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
1335 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
1336 *
1337 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
1338 * on success or a negative error code.
1339 *
1340 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
1341 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
1342 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
1343 *
1344 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
1345 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
1346 * configured for the device.
1347 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
1348 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
1349 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
1350 * the device.
1351 *
1352 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
1353 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
1354 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the netdev,
1355 * or an ERR_PTR.
1356 *
1357 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface determined by ifindex.
1358 *
1359 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
1360 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
1361 *
1362 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
1363 * when adding a group key.
1364 *
1365 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
1366 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
1367 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
1368 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
1369 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
1370 *
1371 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
1372 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
1373 *
1374 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
1375 *
1376 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
1377 *
1378 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
1379 *
1380 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
1381 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
1382 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
1383 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
1384 *
1385 * @add_station: Add a new station.
1386 * @del_station: Remove a station; @mac may be NULL to remove all stations.
1387 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
1388 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
1389 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
1390 * them, also against the existing state! Also, supported_rates changes are
1391 * not checked in station mode -- drivers need to reject (or ignore) them
1392 * for anything but TDLS peers.
1393 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
1394 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
1395 *
1396 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
1397 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
1398 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
1399 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
1400 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
1401 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
1402 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
1403 *
1404 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
1405 *
1406 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
1407 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
1408 * set, and which to leave alone.
1409 *
1410 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
1411 *
1412 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
1413 *
1414 * @set_channel: Set channel for a given wireless interface. Some devices
1415 * may support multi-channel operation (by channel hopping) so cfg80211
1416 * doesn't verify much. Note, however, that the passed netdev may be
1417 * %NULL as well if the user requested changing the channel for the
1418 * device itself, or for a monitor interface.
1419 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel, should return %NULL if
1420 * there's no single defined operating channel if for example the
1421 * device implements channel hopping for multi-channel virtual interfaces.
1422 *
1423 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
1424 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
1425 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
1426 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
1427 *
1428 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
1429 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
1430 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
1431 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
1432 *
1433 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
1434 * call cfg80211_connect_result() with status code %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS.
1435 * If the connection fails for some reason, call cfg80211_connect_result()
1436 * with the status from the AP.
1437 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS.
1438 *
1439 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
1440 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
1441 * to a merge.
1442 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
1443 *
1444 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
1445 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
1446 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
1447 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
1448 *
1449 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
1450 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM().
1451 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
1452 * return 0 if successful
1453 *
1454 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
1455 *
1456 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
1457 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
1458 *
1459 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
1460 *
1461 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
1462 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
1463 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
1464 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
1465 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
1466 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
1467 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
1468 * the duration value.
1469 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
1470 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
1471 * frame on another channel
1472 *
1473 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command
1474 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
1475 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
1476 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
1477 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
1478 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
1479 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
1480 *
1481 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
1482 *
1483 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
1484 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
1485 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
1486 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
1487 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
1488 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
1489 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
1490 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
1491 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
1492 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled
1493 * scan. The driver_initiated flag specifies whether the driver
1494 * itself has informed that the scan has stopped.
1495 *
1496 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
1497 * registered. Note that this callback may not sleep, and cannot run
1498 * concurrently with itself.
1499 *
1500 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
1501 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
1502 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
1503 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
1504 *
1505 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
1506 *
1507 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
1508 *
1509 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
1510 *
1511 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
1512 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
1513 *
1514 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
1515 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
1516 *
1517 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
1518 *
1519 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
1520 * See @ethtool_ops.get_sset_count
1521 *
1522 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
1523 * See @ethtool_ops.get_ethtool_stats
1524 *
1525 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
1526 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
1527 * See @ethtool_ops.get_strings
1528 */
1529struct cfg80211_ops {
1530 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
1531 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
1532 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
1533
1534 struct net_device * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1535 char *name,
1536 enum nl80211_iftype type,
1537 u32 *flags,
1538 struct vif_params *params);
1539 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
1540 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1541 struct net_device *dev,
1542 enum nl80211_iftype type, u32 *flags,
1543 struct vif_params *params);
1544
1545 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
1546 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
1547 struct key_params *params);
1548 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
1549 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
1550 void *cookie,
1551 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
1552 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
1553 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
1554 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1555 struct net_device *netdev,
1556 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
1557 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1558 struct net_device *netdev,
1559 u8 key_index);
1560
1561 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1562 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
1563 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1564 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
1565 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
1566
1567
1568 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1569 u8 *mac, struct station_parameters *params);
1570 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1571 u8 *mac);
1572 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1573 u8 *mac, struct station_parameters *params);
1574 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1575 u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
1576 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1577 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
1578
1579 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1580 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop);
1581 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1582 u8 *dst);
1583 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1584 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop);
1585 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1586 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
1587 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
1588 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1589 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
1590 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
1591 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1592 struct net_device *dev,
1593 struct mesh_config *conf);
1594 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1595 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
1596 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
1597 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1598 const struct mesh_config *conf,
1599 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
1600 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
1601
1602 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1603 struct bss_parameters *params);
1604
1605 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1606 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
1607
1608 int (*set_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1609 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
1610 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type);
1611
1612 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1613 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
1614
1615 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1616 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
1617 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1618 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
1619 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1620 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
1621 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1622 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
1623
1624 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1625 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
1626 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1627 u16 reason_code);
1628
1629 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1630 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
1631 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
1632
1633 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
1634
1635 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1636 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
1637 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int *dbm);
1638
1639 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1640 const u8 *addr);
1641
1642 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
1643
1644#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
1645 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, void *data, int len);
1646 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
1647 struct netlink_callback *cb,
1648 void *data, int len);
1649#endif
1650
1651 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1652 struct net_device *dev,
1653 const u8 *peer,
1654 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
1655
1656 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
1657 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
1658
1659 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
1660 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
1661 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
1662 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
1663 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
1664
1665 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1666 struct net_device *dev,
1667 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
1668 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type,
1669 unsigned int duration,
1670 u64 *cookie);
1671 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1672 struct net_device *dev,
1673 u64 cookie);
1674
1675 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1676 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, bool offchan,
1677 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type,
1678 bool channel_type_valid, unsigned int wait,
1679 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool no_cck,
1680 bool dont_wait_for_ack, u64 *cookie);
1681 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1682 struct net_device *dev,
1683 u64 cookie);
1684
1685 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1686 bool enabled, int timeout);
1687
1688 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1689 struct net_device *dev,
1690 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
1691
1692 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1693 struct net_device *dev,
1694 u16 frame_type, bool reg);
1695
1696 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
1697 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
1698
1699 int (*set_ringparam)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx, u32 rx);
1700 void (*get_ringparam)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1701 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
1702
1703 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1704 struct net_device *dev,
1705 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
1706 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
1707
1708 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1709 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
1710
1711 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1712 u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
1713 u16 status_code, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
1714 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1715 u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
1716
1717 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1718 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
1719
1720 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1721 struct net_device *dev,
1722 u16 noack_map);
1723
1724 struct ieee80211_channel *(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1725 enum nl80211_channel_type *type);
1726
1727 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1728 struct net_device *dev, int sset);
1729 void (*get_et_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1730 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
1731 void (*get_et_strings)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
1732 u32 sset, u8 *data);
1733};
1734
1735/*
1736 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
1737 * and registration/helper functions
1738 */
1739
1740/**
1741 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
1742 *
1743 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY: tells us the driver for this device
1744 * has its own custom regulatory domain and cannot identify the
1745 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 it belongs to. When this is enabled
1746 * we will disregard the first regulatory hint (when the
1747 * initiator is %REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE).
1748 * @WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY: tells us the driver for this device will
1749 * ignore regulatory domain settings until it gets its own regulatory
1750 * domain via its regulatory_hint() unless the regulatory hint is
1751 * from a country IE. After its gets its own regulatory domain it will
1752 * only allow further regulatory domain settings to further enhance
1753 * compliance. For example if channel 13 and 14 are disabled by this
1754 * regulatory domain no user regulatory domain can enable these channels
1755 * at a later time. This can be used for devices which do not have
1756 * calibration information guaranteed for frequencies or settings
1757 * outside of its regulatory domain. If used in combination with
1758 * WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY the inspected country IE power settings
1759 * will be followed.
1760 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS: enable this if your driver needs to ensure
1761 * that passive scan flags and beaconing flags may not be lifted by
1762 * cfg80211 due to regulatory beacon hints. For more information on beacon
1763 * hints read the documenation for regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
1764 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
1765 * wiphy at all
1766 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
1767 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
1768 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
1769 * reason to override the default
1770 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
1771 * on a VLAN interface)
1772 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
1773 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
1774 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
1775 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
1776 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
1777 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
1778 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
1779 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN: The device supports scheduled scans.
1780 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
1781 * firmware.
1782 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
1783 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
1784 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
1785 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
1786 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
1787 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1788 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
1789 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
1790 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
1791 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
1792 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
1793 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
1794 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
1795 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
1796 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
1797 */
1798enum wiphy_flags {
1799 WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY = BIT(0),
1800 WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY = BIT(1),
1801 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS = BIT(2),
1802 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
1803 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
1804 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
1805 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
1806 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
1807 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
1808 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
1809 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN = BIT(11),
1810 /* use hole at 12 */
1811 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
1812 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
1813 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
1814 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
1815 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
1816 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
1817 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
1818 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
1819 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
1820};
1821
1822/**
1823 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
1824 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
1825 * @types: interface types (bits)
1826 */
1827struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
1828 u16 max;
1829 u16 types;
1830};
1831
1832/**
1833 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
1834 * @limits: limits for the given interface types
1835 * @n_limits: number of limitations
1836 * @num_different_channels: can use up to this many different channels
1837 * @max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this
1838 * group
1839 * @beacon_int_infra_match: In this combination, the beacon intervals
1840 * between infrastructure and AP types must match. This is required
1841 * only in special cases.
1842 *
1843 * These examples can be expressed as follows:
1844 *
1845 * Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
1846 *
1847 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
1848 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
1849 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
1850 * };
1851 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
1852 * .limits = limits1,
1853 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
1854 * .max_interfaces = 2,
1855 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
1856 * };
1857 *
1858 *
1859 * Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
1860 *
1861 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
1862 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
1863 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
1864 * };
1865 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
1866 * .limits = limits2,
1867 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
1868 * .max_interfaces = 8,
1869 * .num_different_channels = 1,
1870 * };
1871 *
1872 *
1873 * Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
1874 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
1875 *
1876 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
1877 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
1878 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
1879 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
1880 * };
1881 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
1882 * .limits = limits3,
1883 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
1884 * .max_interfaces = 4,
1885 * .num_different_channels = 2,
1886 * };
1887 */
1888struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
1889 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
1890 u32 num_different_channels;
1891 u16 max_interfaces;
1892 u8 n_limits;
1893 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
1894};
1895
1896struct mac_address {
1897 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1898};
1899
1900struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
1901 u16 tx, rx;
1902};
1903
1904/**
1905 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
1906 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
1907 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
1908 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
1909 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
1910 * packet should be preserved in that case
1911 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
1912 * (see nl80211.h)
1913 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
1914 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
1915 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
1916 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
1917 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
1918 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
1919 */
1920enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
1921 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
1922 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
1923 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
1924 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
1925 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
1926 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
1927 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
1928 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
1929};
1930
1931/**
1932 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
1933 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
1934 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
1935 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
1936 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
1937 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
1938 */
1939struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
1940 u32 flags;
1941 int n_patterns;
1942 int pattern_max_len;
1943 int pattern_min_len;
1944};
1945
1946/**
1947 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
1948 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
1949 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
1950 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
1951 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
1952 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
1953 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
1954 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
1955 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
1956 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
1957 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
1958 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
1959 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
1960 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
1961 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
1962 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
1963 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
1964 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
1965 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
1966 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
1967 * four bits are variable then set it to 00:...:00:0f. The actual
1968 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
1969 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
1970 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
1971 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
1972 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
1973 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
1974 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
1975 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
1976 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
1977 * unregister hardware
1978 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
1979 * automatically on wiphy renames
1980 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
1981 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
1982 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
1983 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
1984 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
1985 * must be set by driver
1986 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
1987 * list single interface types.
1988 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
1989 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
1990 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
1991 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
1992 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
1993 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
1994 * this variable determines its size
1995 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
1996 * any given scan
1997 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
1998 * for in any given scheduled scan
1999 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
2000 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
2001 * supported.
2002 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
2003 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
2004 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
2005 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
2006 * scans
2007 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
2008 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
2009 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
2010 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
2011 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
2012 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
2013 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
2014 *
2015 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
2016 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
2017 * type
2018 *
2019 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
2020 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
2021 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
2022 *
2023 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
2024 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
2025 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
2026 *
2027 * @probe_resp_offload:
2028 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
2029 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
2030 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
2031 *
2032 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
2033 * may request, if implemented.
2034 *
2035 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
2036 *
2037 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2038 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
2039 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
2040 */
2041struct wiphy {
2042 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
2043
2044 /* permanent MAC address(es) */
2045 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
2046 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
2047
2048 struct mac_address *addresses;
2049
2050 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
2051
2052 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
2053 int n_iface_combinations;
2054 u16 software_iftypes;
2055
2056 u16 n_addresses;
2057
2058 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
2059 u16 interface_modes;
2060
2061 u32 flags, features;
2062
2063 u32 ap_sme_capa;
2064
2065 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
2066
2067 int bss_priv_size;
2068 u8 max_scan_ssids;
2069 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
2070 u8 max_match_sets;
2071 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
2072 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
2073
2074 int n_cipher_suites;
2075 const u32 *cipher_suites;
2076
2077 u8 retry_short;
2078 u8 retry_long;
2079 u32 frag_threshold;
2080 u32 rts_threshold;
2081 u8 coverage_class;
2082
2083 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN];
2084 u32 hw_version;
2085
2086 struct wiphy_wowlan_support wowlan;
2087
2088 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
2089
2090 u8 max_num_pmkids;
2091
2092 u32 available_antennas_tx;
2093 u32 available_antennas_rx;
2094
2095 /*
2096 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
2097 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
2098 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
2099 */
2100 u32 probe_resp_offload;
2101
2102 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
2103 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
2104 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
2105 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
2106 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
2107 const void *privid;
2108
2109 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
2110
2111 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
2112 int (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2113 struct regulatory_request *request);
2114
2115 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
2116
2117 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd;
2118
2119 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
2120 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
2121 struct device dev;
2122
2123 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
2124 bool registered;
2125
2126 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
2127 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
2128
2129 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
2130
2131#ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
2132 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
2133 struct net *_net;
2134#endif
2135
2136#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
2137 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
2138#endif
2139
2140 char priv[0] __attribute__((__aligned__(NETDEV_ALIGN)));
2141};
2142
2143static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
2144{
2145 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
2146}
2147
2148static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
2149{
2150 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
2151}
2152
2153/**
2154 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
2155 *
2156 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
2157 */
2158static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
2159{
2160 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
2161 return &wiphy->priv;
2162}
2163
2164/**
2165 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
2166 *
2167 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
2168 */
2169static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
2170{
2171 BUG_ON(!priv);
2172 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
2173}
2174
2175/**
2176 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
2177 *
2178 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
2179 * @dev: The device to parent it to
2180 */
2181static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
2182{
2183 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
2184}
2185
2186/**
2187 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
2188 *
2189 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
2190 */
2191static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
2192{
2193 return wiphy->dev.parent;
2194}
2195
2196/**
2197 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
2198 *
2199 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
2200 */
2201static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
2202{
2203 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
2204}
2205
2206/**
2207 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
2208 *
2209 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
2210 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
2211 *
2212 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
2213 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
2214 *
2215 * The returned pointer must be assigned to each netdev's
2216 * ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
2217 */
2218struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv);
2219
2220/**
2221 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
2222 *
2223 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
2224 *
2225 * Returns a non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
2226 */
2227extern int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2228
2229/**
2230 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
2231 *
2232 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
2233 *
2234 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
2235 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
2236 * request that is being handled.
2237 */
2238extern void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2239
2240/**
2241 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
2242 *
2243 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
2244 */
2245extern void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2246
2247/* internal structs */
2248struct cfg80211_conn;
2249struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
2250struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
2251
2252/**
2253 * struct wireless_dev - wireless per-netdev state
2254 *
2255 * This structure must be allocated by the driver/stack
2256 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device
2257 * (this is intentional so it can be allocated along with
2258 * the netdev.)
2259 *
2260 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
2261 * @iftype: interface type
2262 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
2263 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev
2264 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
2265 * @channel: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
2266 * user-set AP, monitor and WDS channels for wireless extensions
2267 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
2268 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
2269 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
2270 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
2271 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
2272 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
2273 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
2274 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
2275 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
2276 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
2277 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
2278 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
2279 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct
2280 * @cleanup_work: work struct used for cleanup that can't be done directly
2281 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
2282 * beacons, 0 when not valid
2283 */
2284struct wireless_dev {
2285 struct wiphy *wiphy;
2286 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
2287
2288 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
2289 struct list_head list;
2290 struct net_device *netdev;
2291
2292 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
2293 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
2294
2295 struct mutex mtx;
2296
2297 struct work_struct cleanup_work;
2298
2299 bool use_4addr;
2300
2301 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
2302 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
2303 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
2304 enum {
2305 CFG80211_SME_IDLE,
2306 CFG80211_SME_CONNECTING,
2307 CFG80211_SME_CONNECTED,
2308 } sme_state;
2309 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
2310 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
2311
2312 struct list_head event_list;
2313 spinlock_t event_lock;
2314
2315 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
2316 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2317
2318 bool ps;
2319 int ps_timeout;
2320
2321 int beacon_interval;
2322
2323 u32 ap_unexpected_nlpid;
2324
2325#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
2326 /* wext data */
2327 struct {
2328 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
2329 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
2330 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
2331 u8 *ie;
2332 size_t ie_len;
2333 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2334 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
2335 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
2336 bool prev_bssid_valid;
2337 } wext;
2338#endif
2339};
2340
2341/**
2342 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
2343 *
2344 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
2345 */
2346static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
2347{
2348 BUG_ON(!wdev);
2349 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
2350}
2351
2352/**
2353 * DOC: Utility functions
2354 *
2355 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
2356 */
2357
2358/**
2359 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
2360 * @chan: channel number
2361 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
2362 */
2363extern int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum ieee80211_band band);
2364
2365/**
2366 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
2367 * @freq: center frequency
2368 */
2369extern int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
2370
2371/*
2372 * Name indirection necessary because the ieee80211 code also has
2373 * a function named "ieee80211_get_channel", so if you include
2374 * cfg80211's header file you get cfg80211's version, if you try
2375 * to include both header files you'll (rightfully!) get a symbol
2376 * clash.
2377 */
2378extern struct ieee80211_channel *__ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2379 int freq);
2380/**
2381 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
2382 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
2383 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
2384 */
2385static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
2386ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
2387{
2388 return __ieee80211_get_channel(wiphy, freq);
2389}
2390
2391/**
2392 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
2393 *
2394 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
2395 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
2396 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
2397 *
2398 * This function returns the basic rate corresponding to a given
2399 * bitrate, that is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic
2400 * rate map, which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of
2401 * indices of rates in the band's bitrate table.
2402 */
2403struct ieee80211_rate *
2404ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
2405 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
2406
2407/*
2408 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
2409 *
2410 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
2411 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
2412 */
2413
2414struct radiotap_align_size {
2415 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
2416};
2417
2418struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
2419 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
2420 int n_bits;
2421 uint32_t oui;
2422 uint8_t subns;
2423};
2424
2425struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
2426 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
2427 int n_ns;
2428};
2429
2430/**
2431 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
2432 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
2433 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
2434 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
2435 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
2436 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
2437 * the beginning of the actual data portion
2438 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
2439 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
2440 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
2441 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
2442 * radiotap namespace or not
2443 *
2444 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
2445 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
2446 * @_arg_index: next argument index
2447 * @_arg: next argument pointer
2448 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
2449 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
2450 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
2451 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
2452 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
2453 * next bitmap word
2454 *
2455 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
2456 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
2457 */
2458
2459struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
2460 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
2461 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
2462 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
2463
2464 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
2465 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
2466
2467 unsigned char *this_arg;
2468 int this_arg_index;
2469 int this_arg_size;
2470
2471 int is_radiotap_ns;
2472
2473 int _max_length;
2474 int _arg_index;
2475 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
2476 int _reset_on_ext;
2477};
2478
2479extern int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(
2480 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
2481 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
2482 int max_length, const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
2483
2484extern int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(
2485 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
2486
2487
2488extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
2489extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
2490
2491/**
2492 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
2493 *
2494 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
2495 * returns the 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
2496 * headers). If the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 802.11
2497 * header the function returns 0.
2498 *
2499 * @skb: the frame
2500 */
2501unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
2502
2503/**
2504 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
2505 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
2506 */
2507unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
2508
2509/**
2510 * DOC: Data path helpers
2511 *
2512 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
2513 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
2514 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
2515 */
2516
2517/**
2518 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
2519 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
2520 * @addr: the device MAC address
2521 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
2522 */
2523int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
2524 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
2525
2526/**
2527 * ieee80211_data_from_8023 - convert an 802.3 frame to 802.11
2528 * @skb: the 802.3 frame
2529 * @addr: the device MAC address
2530 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
2531 * @bssid: the network bssid (used only for iftype STATION and ADHOC)
2532 * @qos: build 802.11 QoS data frame
2533 */
2534int ieee80211_data_from_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
2535 enum nl80211_iftype iftype, u8 *bssid, bool qos);
2536
2537/**
2538 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
2539 *
2540 * Decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame and convert it to a list of
2541 * 802.3 frames. The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The
2542 * @skb is consumed after the function returns.
2543 *
2544 * @skb: The input IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame.
2545 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
2546 * initialized by by the caller.
2547 * @addr: The device MAC address.
2548 * @iftype: The device interface type.
2549 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
2550 * @has_80211_header: Set it true if SKB is with IEEE 802.11 header.
2551 */
2552void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
2553 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
2554 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
2555 bool has_80211_header);
2556
2557/**
2558 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
2559 * @skb: the data frame
2560 */
2561unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb);
2562
2563/**
2564 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
2565 *
2566 * @eid: element ID
2567 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
2568 * @len: length of data
2569 *
2570 * This function will return %NULL if the element ID could
2571 * not be found or if the element is invalid (claims to be
2572 * longer than the given data), or a pointer to the first byte
2573 * of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
2574 * element ID. There are no checks on the element length
2575 * other than having to fit into the given data.
2576 */
2577const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len);
2578
2579/**
2580 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
2581 *
2582 * @oui: vendor OUI
2583 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type
2584 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
2585 * @len: length of data
2586 *
2587 * This function will return %NULL if the vendor specific element ID
2588 * could not be found or if the element is invalid (claims to be
2589 * longer than the given data), or a pointer to the first byte
2590 * of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
2591 * element ID. There are no checks on the element length
2592 * other than having to fit into the given data.
2593 */
2594const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, u8 oui_type,
2595 const u8 *ies, int len);
2596
2597/**
2598 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
2599 *
2600 * TODO
2601 */
2602
2603/**
2604 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
2605 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
2606 * conflicts)
2607 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
2608 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
2609 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
2610 * alpha2.
2611 *
2612 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
2613 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
2614 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
2615 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
2616 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
2617 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
2618 *
2619 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
2620 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
2621 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
2622 *
2623 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
2624 * an -ENOMEM.
2625 */
2626extern int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
2627
2628/**
2629 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
2630 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
2631 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
2632 *
2633 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
2634 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
2635 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
2636 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
2637 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
2638 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
2639 */
2640extern void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(
2641 struct wiphy *wiphy,
2642 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
2643
2644/**
2645 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
2646 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
2647 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
2648 * @desired_bw_khz: the desired max bandwidth you want to use per
2649 * channel. Note that this is still 20 MHz if you want to use HT40
2650 * as HT40 makes use of two channels for its 40 MHz width bandwidth.
2651 * If set to 0 we'll assume you want the standard 20 MHz.
2652 * @reg_rule: the regulatory rule which we have for this frequency
2653 *
2654 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
2655 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
2656 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
2657 * and processed already.
2658 *
2659 * Returns 0 if it was able to find a valid regulatory rule which does
2660 * apply to the given center_freq otherwise it returns non-zero. It will
2661 * also return -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even have
2662 * a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. See
2663 * freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is purely
2664 * subjective and right now its 802.11 specific.
2665 */
2666extern int freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2667 u32 center_freq,
2668 u32 desired_bw_khz,
2669 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule **reg_rule);
2670
2671/*
2672 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
2673 * functions and BSS handling helpers
2674 */
2675
2676/**
2677 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
2678 *
2679 * @request: the corresponding scan request
2680 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
2681 * userspace will be notified of that
2682 */
2683void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, bool aborted);
2684
2685/**
2686 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
2687 *
2688 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
2689 */
2690void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2691
2692/**
2693 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
2694 *
2695 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
2696 *
2697 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
2698 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
2699 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
2700 */
2701void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2702
2703/**
2704 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
2705 *
2706 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
2707 * @channel: The channel the frame was received on
2708 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
2709 * @len: length of the management frame
2710 * @signal: the signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type
2711 * @gfp: context flags
2712 *
2713 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
2714 * the BSS should be updated/added.
2715 *
2716 * NOTE: Returns a referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
2717 */
2718struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
2719cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2720 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
2721 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
2722 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp);
2723
2724/**
2725 * cfg80211_inform_bss - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
2726 *
2727 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
2728 * @channel: The channel the frame was received on
2729 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
2730 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
2731 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
2732 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
2733 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
2734 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
2735 * @signal: the signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type
2736 * @gfp: context flags
2737 *
2738 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
2739 * the BSS should be updated/added.
2740 *
2741 * NOTE: Returns a referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
2742 */
2743struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
2744cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2745 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
2746 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
2747 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
2748 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp);
2749
2750struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2751 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
2752 const u8 *bssid,
2753 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
2754 u16 capa_mask, u16 capa_val);
2755static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
2756cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2757 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
2758 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
2759{
2760 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
2761 WLAN_CAPABILITY_IBSS, WLAN_CAPABILITY_IBSS);
2762}
2763
2764struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_mesh(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2765 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
2766 const u8 *meshid, size_t meshidlen,
2767 const u8 *meshcfg);
2768/**
2769 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
2770 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
2771 *
2772 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
2773 */
2774void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
2775
2776/**
2777 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
2778 * @bss: the BSS struct
2779 *
2780 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
2781 */
2782void cfg80211_put_bss(struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
2783
2784/**
2785 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
2786 * @wiphy: the wiphy
2787 * @bss: the bss to remove
2788 *
2789 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
2790 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
2791 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
2792 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
2793 */
2794void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
2795
2796/**
2797 * cfg80211_send_rx_auth - notification of processed authentication
2798 * @dev: network device
2799 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
2800 * @len: length of the frame data
2801 *
2802 * This function is called whenever an authentication has been processed in
2803 * station mode. The driver is required to call either this function or
2804 * cfg80211_send_auth_timeout() to indicate the result of cfg80211_ops::auth()
2805 * call. This function may sleep.
2806 */
2807void cfg80211_send_rx_auth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
2808
2809/**
2810 * cfg80211_send_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
2811 * @dev: network device
2812 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
2813 *
2814 * This function may sleep.
2815 */
2816void cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
2817
2818/**
2819 * cfg80211_send_rx_assoc - notification of processed association
2820 * @dev: network device
2821 * @bss: the BSS struct association was requested for, the struct reference
2822 * is owned by cfg80211 after this call
2823 * @buf: (re)association response frame (header + body)
2824 * @len: length of the frame data
2825 *
2826 * This function is called whenever a (re)association response has been
2827 * processed in station mode. The driver is required to call either this
2828 * function or cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout() to indicate the result of
2829 * cfg80211_ops::assoc() call. This function may sleep.
2830 */
2831void cfg80211_send_rx_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
2832 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
2833
2834/**
2835 * cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
2836 * @dev: network device
2837 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the association timed out
2838 *
2839 * This function may sleep.
2840 */
2841void cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
2842
2843/**
2844 * cfg80211_send_deauth - notification of processed deauthentication
2845 * @dev: network device
2846 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
2847 * @len: length of the frame data
2848 *
2849 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
2850 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
2851 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep.
2852 */
2853void cfg80211_send_deauth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
2854
2855/**
2856 * __cfg80211_send_deauth - notification of processed deauthentication
2857 * @dev: network device
2858 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
2859 * @len: length of the frame data
2860 *
2861 * Like cfg80211_send_deauth(), but doesn't take the wdev lock.
2862 */
2863void __cfg80211_send_deauth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
2864
2865/**
2866 * cfg80211_send_disassoc - notification of processed disassociation
2867 * @dev: network device
2868 * @buf: disassociation response frame (header + body)
2869 * @len: length of the frame data
2870 *
2871 * This function is called whenever disassociation has been processed in
2872 * station mode. This includes both received disassociation frames and locally
2873 * generated ones. This function may sleep.
2874 */
2875void cfg80211_send_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
2876
2877/**
2878 * __cfg80211_send_disassoc - notification of processed disassociation
2879 * @dev: network device
2880 * @buf: disassociation response frame (header + body)
2881 * @len: length of the frame data
2882 *
2883 * Like cfg80211_send_disassoc(), but doesn't take the wdev lock.
2884 */
2885void __cfg80211_send_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf,
2886 size_t len);
2887
2888/**
2889 * cfg80211_send_unprot_deauth - notification of unprotected deauthentication
2890 * @dev: network device
2891 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
2892 * @len: length of the frame data
2893 *
2894 * This function is called whenever a received Deauthentication frame has been
2895 * dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the Deauthentication
2896 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
2897 */
2898void cfg80211_send_unprot_deauth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf,
2899 size_t len);
2900
2901/**
2902 * cfg80211_send_unprot_disassoc - notification of unprotected disassociation
2903 * @dev: network device
2904 * @buf: disassociation frame (header + body)
2905 * @len: length of the frame data
2906 *
2907 * This function is called whenever a received Disassociation frame has been
2908 * dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the Disassociation
2909 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
2910 */
2911void cfg80211_send_unprot_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf,
2912 size_t len);
2913
2914/**
2915 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
2916 * @dev: network device
2917 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
2918 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
2919 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
2920 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
2921 * @gfp: allocation flags
2922 *
2923 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
2924 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
2925 * primitive.
2926 */
2927void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
2928 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
2929 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
2930
2931/**
2932 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
2933 *
2934 * @dev: network device
2935 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
2936 * @gfp: allocation flags
2937 *
2938 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
2939 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
2940 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
2941 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
2942 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
2943 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
2944 */
2945void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, gfp_t gfp);
2946
2947/**
2948 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
2949 *
2950 * @dev: network device
2951 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
2952 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
2953 * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer
2954 * @gfp: allocation flags
2955 *
2956 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
2957 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
2958 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
2959 */
2960void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
2961 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
2962
2963/**
2964 * DOC: RFkill integration
2965 *
2966 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
2967 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
2968 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
2969 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
2970 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
2971 *
2972 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
2973 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
2974 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
2975 */
2976
2977/**
2978 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
2979 * @wiphy: the wiphy
2980 * @blocked: block status
2981 */
2982void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
2983
2984/**
2985 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
2986 * @wiphy: the wiphy
2987 */
2988void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2989
2990/**
2991 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
2992 * @wiphy: the wiphy
2993 */
2994void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2995
2996#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
2997/**
2998 * DOC: Test mode
2999 *
3000 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
3001 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
3002 * factory programming.
3003 *
3004 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
3005 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
3006 */
3007
3008/**
3009 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
3010 * @wiphy: the wiphy
3011 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
3012 * be put into the skb
3013 *
3014 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
3015 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
3016 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
3017 *
3018 * The returned skb (or %NULL if any errors happen) is pre-filled
3019 * with the wiphy index and set up in a way that any data that is
3020 * put into the skb (with skb_put(), nla_put() or similar) will end
3021 * up being within the %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that
3022 * needs to be done with the skb is adding data for the corresponding
3023 * userspace tool which can then read that data out of the testdata
3024 * attribute. You must not modify the skb in any other way.
3025 *
3026 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
3027 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
3028 */
3029struct sk_buff *cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3030 int approxlen);
3031
3032/**
3033 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
3034 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
3035 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
3036 *
3037 * Returns an error code or 0 on success, since calling this
3038 * function will usually be the last thing before returning
3039 * from the @testmode_cmd you should return the error code.
3040 * Note that this function consumes the skb regardless of the
3041 * return value.
3042 */
3043int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
3044
3045/**
3046 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
3047 * @wiphy: the wiphy
3048 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
3049 * be put into the skb
3050 * @gfp: allocation flags
3051 *
3052 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
3053 * testmode multicast group.
3054 *
3055 * The returned skb (or %NULL if any errors happen) is set up in the
3056 * same way as with cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared
3057 * for an event. As there, you should simply add data to it that will
3058 * then end up in the %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must
3059 * not modify the skb in any other way.
3060 *
3061 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
3062 * skb to send the event.
3063 */
3064struct sk_buff *cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3065 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
3066
3067/**
3068 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
3069 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
3070 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
3071 * @gfp: allocation flags
3072 *
3073 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
3074 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
3075 * consumes it.
3076 */
3077void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
3078
3079#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
3080#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
3081#else
3082#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
3083#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
3084#endif
3085
3086/**
3087 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
3088 *
3089 * @dev: network device
3090 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
3091 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
3092 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
3093 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
3094 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
3095 * @status: status code, 0 for successful connection, use
3096 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
3097 * the real status code for failures.
3098 * @gfp: allocation flags
3099 *
3100 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has
3101 * succeeded.
3102 */
3103void cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
3104 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
3105 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
3106 u16 status, gfp_t gfp);
3107
3108/**
3109 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
3110 *
3111 * @dev: network device
3112 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
3113 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP
3114 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
3115 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
3116 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
3117 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
3118 * @gfp: allocation flags
3119 *
3120 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed
3121 * from one AP to another while connected.
3122 */
3123void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev,
3124 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
3125 const u8 *bssid,
3126 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
3127 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
3128
3129/**
3130 * cfg80211_roamed_bss - notify cfg80211 of roaming
3131 *
3132 * @dev: network device
3133 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed
3134 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
3135 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
3136 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
3137 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
3138 * @gfp: allocation flags
3139 *
3140 * This is just a wrapper to notify cfg80211 of roaming event with driver
3141 * passing bss to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. It should be
3142 * called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP to another
3143 * while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in firmware
3144 * may use this function to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where the bss
3145 * entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the time
3146 * it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
3147 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
3148 * either in cfg80211_roamed_bss() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise,
3149 * it will be released while diconneting from the current bss.
3150 */
3151void cfg80211_roamed_bss(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
3152 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
3153 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
3154
3155/**
3156 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
3157 *
3158 * @dev: network device
3159 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
3160 * @ie_len: length of IEs
3161 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
3162 * @gfp: allocation flags
3163 *
3164 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
3165 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
3166 */
3167void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
3168 u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
3169
3170/**
3171 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
3172 * @dev: network device
3173 * @cookie: the request cookie
3174 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
3175 * @channel_type: Channel type
3176 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
3177 * channel
3178 * @gfp: allocation flags
3179 */
3180void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct net_device *dev, u64 cookie,
3181 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3182 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type,
3183 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
3184
3185/**
3186 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
3187 * @dev: network device
3188 * @cookie: the request cookie
3189 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
3190 * @channel_type: Channel type
3191 * @gfp: allocation flags
3192 */
3193void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct net_device *dev,
3194 u64 cookie,
3195 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3196 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type,
3197 gfp_t gfp);
3198
3199
3200/**
3201 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
3202 *
3203 * @dev: the netdev
3204 * @mac_addr: the station's address
3205 * @sinfo: the station information
3206 * @gfp: allocation flags
3207 */
3208void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
3209 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
3210
3211/**
3212 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
3213 *
3214 * @dev: the netdev
3215 * @mac_addr: the station's address
3216 * @gfp: allocation flags
3217 */
3218void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp);
3219
3220/**
3221 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
3222 * @dev: network device
3223 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
3224 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in mBm, or 0 if unknown
3225 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
3226 * @len: length of the frame data
3227 * @gfp: context flags
3228 *
3229 * Returns %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
3230 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
3231 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
3232 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
3233 *
3234 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
3235 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
3236 */
3237bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
3238 const u8 *buf, size_t len, gfp_t gfp);
3239
3240/**
3241 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
3242 * @dev: network device
3243 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
3244 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
3245 * @len: length of the frame data
3246 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
3247 * @gfp: context flags
3248 *
3249 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
3250 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
3251 * transmission attempt.
3252 */
3253void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct net_device *dev, u64 cookie,
3254 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
3255
3256
3257/**
3258 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
3259 * @dev: network device
3260 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
3261 * @gfp: context flags
3262 *
3263 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
3264 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
3265 */
3266void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
3267 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
3268 gfp_t gfp);
3269
3270/**
3271 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
3272 * @dev: network device
3273 * @peer: peer's MAC address
3274 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
3275 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
3276 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
3277 * @gfp: context flags
3278 */
3279void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
3280 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
3281
3282/**
3283 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
3284 * @dev: network device
3285 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
3286 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
3287 * @gfp: allocation flags
3288 */
3289void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
3290 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
3291
3292/**
3293 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
3294 * @dev: network device
3295 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
3296 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
3297 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
3298 * @gfp: allocation flags
3299 */
3300void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
3301 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
3302
3303/**
3304 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
3305 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
3306 * @addr: the transmitter address
3307 * @gfp: context flags
3308 *
3309 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
3310 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
3311 * sender.
3312 * Returns %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
3313 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
3314 */
3315bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
3316 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
3317
3318/**
3319 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
3320 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
3321 * @addr: the transmitter address
3322 * @gfp: context flags
3323 *
3324 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
3325 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
3326 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
3327 * station to avoid event flooding.
3328 * Returns %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
3329 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
3330 */
3331bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
3332 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
3333
3334/**
3335 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
3336 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
3337 * @addr: the address of the peer
3338 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
3339 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
3340 * @gfp: allocation flags
3341 */
3342void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
3343 u64 cookie, bool acked, gfp_t gfp);
3344
3345/**
3346 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
3347 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
3348 * @frame: the frame
3349 * @len: length of the frame
3350 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
3351 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in mBm, or 0 if unknown
3352 * @gfp: allocation flags
3353 *
3354 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
3355 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
3356 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
3357 */
3358void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3359 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
3360 int freq, int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
3361
3362/*
3363 * cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan - test if ht40 on extension channel can be used
3364 * @wiphy: the wiphy
3365 * @chan: main channel
3366 * @channel_type: HT mode
3367 */
3368bool cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3369 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3370 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type);
3371
3372/*
3373 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
3374 * @dev: the device which switched channels
3375 * @freq: new channel frequency (in MHz)
3376 * @type: channel type
3377 *
3378 * Acquires wdev_lock, so must only be called from sleepable driver context!
3379 */
3380void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, int freq,
3381 enum nl80211_channel_type type);
3382
3383/*
3384 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
3385 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
3386 *
3387 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
3388 */
3389u16 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
3390
3391/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
3392
3393/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
3394
3395#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
3396 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3397#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
3398 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3399#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
3400 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3401#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
3402 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3403#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
3404 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3405#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
3406 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3407#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
3408 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3409#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
3410 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3411
3412#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
3413 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
3414
3415#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
3416 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
3417
3418#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
3419#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
3420#else
3421#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
3422({ \
3423 if (0) \
3424 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
3425 0; \
3426})
3427#endif
3428
3429/*
3430 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
3431 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
3432 * file/line information and a backtrace.
3433 */
3434#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
3435 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
3436
3437#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */